UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DCD.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[ X ]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended May 30, 2020
or
[__]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
For the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019Commission File No. 001-15141
Commission file number: 001-15141

hmi10klogo.jpg
Herman Miller, Inc.HERMAN MILLER, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Michigan       38-0837640        
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
855 East Main Avenue
PO Box 302
Zeeland, Michigan49464-0302
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (616) 654 3000Michigan 38-0837640
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b)
(State or other jurisdiction of the Act:
incorporation or organization)
 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
855 East Main Avenue, Zeeland, MI49464
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(616) 654-3000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stockStockMLHRNASDAQ-Global Select Market System
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NoneNASDAQ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  oNo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes [__]     No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes [ X ]     No [__]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes    No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” "accelerated“accelerated filer," "smaller” “smaller reporting company," and “emerging"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer [ X ]    Accelerated Filer [__]   Non-accelerated Filer [__]    Smaller Reporting Company [__] Emerging Growth Company [__]
Large accelerated filerAccelerated fileroNon-accelerated filer  oSmaller reporting companyEmerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act [__](15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes [__]     No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  No  
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by “nonaffiliates” of the registrant (for this purpose only, the affiliates of the registrant have been assumed to be the executive officers and directors of the registrant and their associates) as of December 1, 2018,November 30, 2019, was $1,970,278,315$2.8 million (based on $33.65$47.78 per share which was the closing sale price as reported by NASDAQ).
The number As of July 22, 2020, Herman Miller, Inc. had 58,866,863 shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of July 25, 2019: Common stock, $.20 par value - 59,060,397 shares outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held on October 14, 2019,12, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

































This page intentionally left blank.



Herman Miller, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
Table of Contents


 Page No.
Part I 
Item 1 Business
Item 1A Risk Factors
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2 Properties
Item 3 Legal Proceedings
Additional Item: Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II 
Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6 Selected Financial Data
Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Item 9A Controls and Procedures
Item 9B Other Information
Part III 
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
Item 11 Executive Compensation
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Part IV 
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
   Item 16 Form 10-K Summary
Exhibit Index
Signatures
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Item 16 Form 10-K Summary
Signatures








PART I

Item 1 Business

General Development of Business
Herman Miller's mission statement is Inspiring Designs to Help People Do Great Things.Things. To this end, the Company researches, designs, manufactures and distributes interior furnishings for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational and residential settings and provides related services that support organizations and individuals all over the world. Through research, the Company seeks to understand, define and clarify customer needs and problems existing in its markets and to design products, systems and services that serve as innovative solutions to suchthose needs and problems. The Company's products are sold primarily through the following channels: Owned and independent contract furniture dealers, direct customer sales, owned and independent retailers, direct-mail catalogs and the Company's online stores.e-commerce platforms.


hmi10kinspiringdesignsa01.jpg

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries2


The Company was incorporated in Michigan in 1905. TheAs the global design leader has sincein our market, we established Herman Miller Group, a family of brands that collectively offers a variety of products for environments where people live, learn, work, heal and heal.play. The family of brands includes Herman Miller®, Design Within Reach®, Geiger®, Maharam®, Nemschoff®, Colebrook Bosson Saunders®, naughtone®, Maars® Living Walls and HAY®. All of these companies are considered controlled subsidiaries, except for Maars of which the Company owns 48.2% of as of May 30, 2020. Herman Miller's corporate offices are located at 855 East Main Avenue, PO Box 302, Zeeland, Michigan, 49464-0302 and its telephone number is (616) 654-3000. Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, all references to "Herman Miller," "we," "our," "Company" and similar references are to Herman Miller, Inc., and its predecessors, and controlled subsidiaries. Further information relating to principles of consolidation is provided in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.

hmi10khmga01.jpg

Financial Information about Segments
Information relating to segments is provided in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.

Narrative Description of Business
The Company's principal business consists of the research, design, manufacture, selling and distribution of seating products, office furniture systems, other freestanding furniture elements, textiles, home furnishings and related services.


The Company's ingenuity and design excellence create award-winning products and services, which have made the Company a leader in the design and development of furniture, furniture systems, textiles and technology solutions. This leadership is exemplified by the innovative concepts introduced by the companyCompany in its broad array of seating products (including Embody®, Aeron®, Mirra2™, Setu®, Sayl®, Verus®, Cosm®, Lino®, Verus®, Celle®, Equa®,

32020 Annual Report



Taper™ and Ergon® office chairs) and modular systems (including Canvas Office Landscape®, Locale®, Public Office Landscape®, Layout Studio®, Action Office®, Ethospace®, Arras®, Prospect®, Overlay™ and Resolve®). The companyCompany also offers storage (including Meridian® and Tu® products), wood casegoods (including Geiger® products), freestanding furniture products (including Abak™, Intent®, Sense™ and Envelop®), healthcare products (including Palisade™, Compass™, Nala®, Ava® and other Nemschoff® products), the Thrive portfolio of ergonomic solutions, ergonomic and technology support products (including Colebrook Bosson Saunders® products) and the textiles of Maharam Fabric Corporation (Maharam®). The Live Platform™ system of cloud-connected furnishings, applications and dashboards provides data-enabled solutions for the Company's customers.


The Company also offers products for residential settings, including Eames®, Eames (lounge chair configuration)®, Eames (management chair configuration)®, Eames Soft Pad™, HAY®, Nelson™ basic cabinet series, Nelson™ end table, Nelson™ lanterns, Nelson™ marshmallow sofa, Nelson™ miniature chests, Nelson™ platform bench, Nelson™ swag leg group, Nelson™ tray table, Bubble Lamps®, Airia™, Ardea®, Bumper™, Burdick Group™, Everywhere™ tables, Claw™, Caper®, Distil™, Envelope™, Formwork®, Full Round™, H Frame™, I Beam™, Landmark™, Logic Mini™, Logic Power Access Solutions™, Renew™, Rolled Arm™, Scissor™, Sled™, Soft Pad™, Swoop™, Tone™, Twist™, Ward Bennett™ and Wireframe™. The Company also offers residential and ancillary products through its subsidiaries, including: the Line™ Storage Collection, Lina™ Swivel Chair, Matera™ Bedroom Collection, Emmy™ Sofa Collection, Story™ Bookcase and Sømmer™ Outdoor Collection for Design Within Reach®; the Always™ Lounge Chair, Always™ Chair, Polly™ Chair, Viv™ Chair, and Hush™ Chair for naughtone®; and the Mags™ Sofa and About A™ Chair Collections for HAY®.


The Company's products are marketed worldwide by its own sales staff, independent dealers and retailers, its owned dealers, via its e-commerce websites and through its owned Design Within Reach ("DWR") and HAY retail studios.Salespeople work with dealers, the architecture and design community, and directly with end-users. Independent dealerships concentrate on the sale of Herman Miller Group products and some complementary product lines of other manufacturers. It is estimated that approximately 6970 percent of the Company's sales in the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, were made to or through independent dealers. The remaining sales were made directly to end-users, including federal, state and local governments and several business organizations by the Company's own sales staff, its owned dealer network, its retail channels or independent retailers.


The Company is a recognized leader within its industry for the use, development and integration of customer-centered technologies that enhance the reliability, speed and efficiency of our customers' operations. This includes proprietary sales tools, interior design and product specification software; order entry and manufacturing scheduling and production systems; and direct connectivity to the Company's suppliers.




The Company's furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage, casegood and textile products, and related services are used in (1) institutional environments including offices and related conference, lobby, and lounge areas and general public areas including transportation terminals; (2) health/science environments including hospitals, clinics and other healthcare facilities; (3) industrial and educational settings; and (4) residential and other environments.


Raw Materials
The Company's manufacturing materials are available from a significant number of sources within North America, South America, Europe and Asia. To date, the Company experienced limited disruptions during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 as result of the COVID-19 pandemic in its supply chain, but subsequently has not experienced any difficulties in obtaining its raw materials. The costs of certain direct materials used in the Company's manufacturing and assembly operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber and resins. Increases in the market prices for these commodities can have an adverse impact on the Company's profitability. Further information regarding the impact of direct material costs on the Company's financial results is provided in Management's Discussion and Analysis in Item 7 of this report, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries4


Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Etc.
The Company has active utility and design patents in the United States. Many of the inventions covered by these patents also have been patented in a number of foreign countries. Various trademarks, including the name and stylized “Herman Miller” and the “Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M” trademark are registered in the United States and many foreign countries. The Company does not believe that any material part of its business depends on the continued availability of any one or all of its patents or trademarks, or that its business would be materially and adversely affected by the loss of any such marks, except for the following trademarks: Herman Miller®, Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M®, Maharam®, Geiger®, Design Within Reach®, DWR®, HAY®, naughtone®, Nemschoff®, Action Office®, Living Office®, Ethospace®, Aeron®, Mirra®, Embody®, Setu®, Sayl®, Cosm®, Caper®, Eames®, PostureFit®, Meridian®,Eames Lounge & Ottoman Configurations, Eames Aluminum Group Configuration, and Canvas Office Landscape®.


Working Capital Practices
Information concerning the Company's inventoryworking capital levels relative to its sales volume can be found under the Executive Overview section in Item 7 of this report, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Beyond this discussion, the Company does not believe that it or the industry in general has any special practices or special conditions affecting working capital items that are significant for understanding the Company's business.


Customer Base
The Company estimates that no single dealer accounted for more than 54 percent of the Company's net sales in the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. The Company estimates that the largest single end-user customer accounted for $122.9 million, $129.6 million $109.8 million and $102.3$109.8 million of the Company's net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019, 2018, and 2017,2018, respectively. This represents approximately 5 percent of the Company's net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017.2018. The Company's 10 largest customers in the aggregate accounted for approximately 18 percent, 1918 percent, and 1819 percent of net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019, 2018, and 2017,2018, respectively.


Backlog of Unfilled Orders
As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company's backlog of unfilled orders was $394.2$470.8 million. At June 2, 2018,1, 2019, the Company's backlog totaled $350.7$394.2 million. The increase in backlog in the current year was primarily due to delays in processing customer orders in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 caused by the outbreak of COVID-19 and related facility shut-downs. It is expected that substantially all the orders forming the backlog at June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, will be filled during the next fiscal year. Many orders received by the Company are reflected in the backlog for only a short period while other orders specify delayed shipments and are carried in the backlog for up to one year. Accordingly, the amount of the backlog at any particular time does not necessarily indicate the level of net sales for a particular succeeding period.


Government Contracts
Other than standard provisions contained in contracts with the United States Government, the Company does not believe that any significant portion of its business is subject to material renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of various government entities. The Company sells to the U.S. Government both through a General Services Administration ("GSA") Multiple Award Schedule Contract and through competitive bids. The GSA Multiple Award Schedule Contract pricing is principally based upon the Company's commercial price list in effect when the contract is initiated, rather than being determined on a cost-plus-basis. The Company is required to receive GSA approval to apply list price increases during the term of the Multiple Award Schedule Contract period.


Competition
All aspects of the Company's business are highly competitive. From an office furniture perspective, the Company competes largely on design, product and service quality, speed of delivery and product pricing. Although the Company is one of the largest office furniture manufacturers in the world, it competes with manufacturers that have significant resources and sales as well as many smaller companies. The Company's most significant competitors are Haworth, HNI Corporation, Kimball International, Knoll and Steelcase.




The Company also competes in the home furnishings industry, primarily against national, regional and independent home furnishings retailers who market high-craft furniture to end-user customers and the interior design community.

52020 Annual Report



These competitors include companies such as Crate & Barrel Holdings, Inc., Hive Modern, Restoration Hardware, Room & Board, Wayfair and Wayfair.Williams-Sonoma, Inc. Similar to its office furniture product offerings, the Company competes primarily on design, product and service quality, speed of delivery and product pricing in this consumer market.


Research, Design and Development
The Company believes it draws great competitive strength from its research, design and development programs. Through research, the Company seeks to understand, define and clarify customer needs and problems they are trying to solve. The Company designs innovative products and services that address customer needs and solve their problems. The Company uses both internal and independent research resources and independent design resources. Exclusive of royalty payments, the Company spent approximately $54.3 million, $58.8 million $57.1 million and $58.6$57.1 million on research and development activities in fiscal 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively. Generally, royalties are paid to designers of the Company's products as the products are sold and are included in the Design and Research line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


Environmental Matters
For over 50 years, respectingRespecting the environment has been more than good business practice for the Company - it is the right thing to do. The Company's 10-yearCompany’s commitment to the planet is embedded in its corporate strategy and will continue to develop as the Company outlines next steps in its sustainability strategy - Earthright - beginsstrategy. As part of this commitment, the Company focuses on operating its global footprint with three principles: positive transparency,minimal impact on the environment and designing products as living thingswith materials and becoming greener together. The Company's goalsprocesses that are focused aroundsafe for both people and the smart use of resources, eco-inspired design and being community driven.planet. Based on current facts known to management, the Company does not believe that existing environmental laws and regulations have had or will have any material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company. However, there can be no assurance that environmental legislation and technology in this area will not result in or require material capital expenditures or additional costs to our manufacturing process.


Human Resources
The Company considers its employees to be another of its major competitive strengths. The Company stresses individual employee participation and incentives, believing that this emphasis has helped attract and retain a competent and motivated workforce. The Company's human resources group provides employee recruitment, education and development, as well as compensation planning and counseling. Additionally, there have been no work stoppages or labor disputes in the Company's history. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, approximately 53 percent of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff and Herman Miller Holdings Limited subsidiaries.


As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had approximately 8,0007,600 employees, representing a 45 percent increasedecrease as compared with June 2, 2018.1, 2019. In addition to its employee workforce, the Company uses temporary labor to meet unevenfluctuating demand in its manufacturing operations.


Information about International Operations
The Company's sales in international markets are made primarily to office/institutional customers. Foreign sales consist mostly of office furniture products such as Aeron®, Mirra®, Sayl®, Setu®, Layout Studio®, Imagine Desking System®, Ratio®, Cosm®, and other seating and storage products and ergonomic accessories such as the Flo® monitor arm. The Company conducts business in the following major international markets: Canada, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region.


The Company's products currently sold in international markets are manufactured primarily by wholly owned subsidiaries in the United States, the United Kingdom, China, Brazil and India. A portion of the Company's products sold internationally are also manufactured by third-party suppliers. Sales are made through wholly owned subsidiaries or branches in Canada, Japan,the United Kingdom, Denmark, Korea, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China (including Hong Kong), India and Brazil. The Company's products are offered in Canada, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region primarily through dealers.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries6


Additional information with respect to operations by geographic area appears in Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report. Fluctuating exchange rates and factors beyond the control of the Company, such as tariff and foreign economic policies, may affect future results of international operations. Refer to Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,, for further discussion regarding the Company's foreign exchange risk.


Available Information
The Company's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are made available free of charge through the “Investors” section of the Company's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com,, as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The Company's filings with the SEC are also available for the public to read via the SEC's internet website at www.sec.gov.www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.



Item 1A Risk Factors

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face; others, either unforeseen or currently deemed less significant, may also have a negative impact on our Company. If any of the following occurs, our business, operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.


We may not be successful in implementing and managing our growth strategy.

We have established a growth strategy for the business based on a changing and evolving world. Through this strategy we are focused on taking advantage of the changing composition of the office floor plate, the greater desire for customization from our customers, new technologies and trends towards urbanization.urbanization and working from home.
 
To that end, we intend to grow in certain targeted ways. First, we will unlock the power of One Herman Miller by building an agile, collaborative, globally-connected organization fit for continuous evolution. This will also include simplifying and tailoring our go-to-market approach, as well as continuing to lead in product innovation across all businesses. Second, we intend to build a customer-centric, digitally enabled business model by leveraging our deep understanding of customer journeys to deliver inspired products and frictionless customer experiences. Inclusive of this will be to drive step-change in our data, analytics, marketing, and brand capabilities, as well as to strengthen our core technology backbone. Third, we intend to accelerate profitable growth by strengthening and evolving our core contract business, driving outsized growth in our international business and expanding our retail business. Finally, we believe it is a business imperative to reinforce our commitment to our people, planet and communities in a more integrated way than ever before. Beyond simply being the right thing to do, we are confident that elevating our focus on positive social and environmental business practices will positivelybeneficially impact our customers and enhance returns for our shareholders over the long term. Refer to the "Executive Overview" section within Item 7 for further discussion of our areas of strategic focus.

While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects opportunities that are appropriate and achievable and that we have anticipated and will manage the associated risks, there is the possibility that the strategy may not deliver the projected results due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, sub-optimal resource allocation, or changing customer requirements.
 
To meet these goals, we believe we will be required to continually invest in the research, design and development of new products and services, and there is no assurance that such investments will have commercially successful results.
 
Certain growth opportunities may require us to invest in acquisitions, alliances and the startup of new business ventures. These investments, if available, may not perform according to plan and may involve the assumption of business, operational or other risks that are new to our business.
 

72020 Annual Report



Future efforts to expand our business within developing economies, particularly within China and India, may expose us to the effects of political and economic instability. Such instability may impact our ability to compete for business. It may also put the availability and/or value of our capital investments within these regions at risk. These expansion efforts expose us to operating environments with complex, changing and in some cases, inconsistently-applied legal and regulatory requirements. Developing knowledge and understanding of these requirements poses a significant challenge and failure to remain compliant with them could limit our ability to continue doing business in these locations.
 
Pursuing our strategic plan in new and adjacent markets, as well as within developing economies, will require us to find effective new channels of distribution. There is no assurance that we can develop or otherwise identify these channels of distribution.


Disease outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could have an adverse impact on the Company's operations and financial results.
From time to time, various disease outbreaks may adversely impact our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition, such as the current COVID-19 pandemic which has had such an adverse impact. The Company has global manufacturing facilities, suppliers, dealers and customers. Therefore, COVID-19, as well as measures taken by governmental authorities and other organizations and individuals to limit the spread of this virus, may interfere with the ability of our employees, suppliers and other business providers to carry out their assigned tasks or supply materials at ordinary levels of performance relative to the conduct of our business. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused a significant percentage of the traditional office workforce to work away from their office location. It is reasonable to assume, at least in the near-term, that this will have an adverse impact on the demand for office furniture and related products. This has caused, and may continue to cause, us to materially curtail certain of our business operations, and has had and could continue to have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flow.

Tariffs imposed by the U.S. government could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The imposition of tariffs by the U.S. government on various products imported from certain countries, as well as countering tariffs on the export of U.S. goods, has and will likely continue to adversely impact the cost of certain of our raw materials and finished goods as well as products that we export to other countries. Accordingly, these tariffs and the possibility of broader trade conflicts stemming from the tariffs could negatively impact our business in the future.The tariffs on imports, most notably imports from China, also impacted the cost of steel in fiscal year 2019,2020, a key commodity that we consume in producing products. Given the significance of steel costs to our direct materials costs, we are closely monitoring escalating trade tensions between the U.S. and China. That said, theThe potential impact to our direct material costs due to tariffs on Chinese imports is somewhat limited, however, as purchases of direct materials (mainly component parts and products manufactured by third parties) from China represented an estimated 5%6% of our consolidated cost of sales for fiscal 2019.2020. Going forward, continued or increased tariffs could negatively impact our gross margin and operating performance. These factors also have the potential to significantly impact global trade and economic conditions in many of the regions where we do business.




Adverse economic and industry conditions could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Customer demand within the contract office furniture industryand retail furnishings industries is affected by various macro-economic factors; general corporate profitability, service sector employment levels, new office construction rates and existing office vacancy rates are among the most influential factors. History has shown that declines in these measures can have an adverse effect on overall office furniture demand. Additionally, factors and changes specific to our industry, such as developments in technology, governmental standards and regulations, and health and safety issues can influence demand. There are current and future economic and industry conditions that could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.


Other macroeconomic developments, such as the United Kingdom referendum on European Union membership (commonly known as Brexit) could negatively affect the Company's ability to conduct business in those geographies. The current political and economic uncertainty relating to Brexit brings caution to the Company’s customer base as

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries8



capital investments are potentially put on hold pending the outcome of the negotiations. Furthermore, concerns exist relating to potential tariffs and customs regulations and the potential for short term logistics disruption as any such changes are implemented. This will impact both the Company's suppliers and customers, including distributors, and could result in product delays and inventory issues. Further uncertainty in the marketplace also bringbrings risk to accounts receivable and could result in delays in collection and greater bad debt expense. There also remains a risk for the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro to further deteriorate, reducing the purchasing power of customers in these regions and potentially undermining the financial health of the Company's suppliers and customers in other parts of the world.


The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and we may not be successful in winning new business.
We are one of several companies competing for new business within the office furniture industry. Many of our competitors offer similar categories of products, including office seating, systems and freestanding office furniture, casegoods, storage as well as residential, education and healthcare furniture solutions. Although we believe that our innovative product design, functionality, quality, depth of knowledge, and strong network of distribution partners differentiate us in the marketplace, increased market pricing pressure could make it difficult for us to win new business with certain customers and within certain market segments at acceptable profit margins.


The retail furnishings market is highly competitive. We compete with national and regional furniture retailers, and department stores. In addition, we compete with mail order catalogs and online retailers focused on home furnishings. We compete with these and other retailers for customers, suitable retail locations, vendors, qualified employees and management personnel. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we possess. This may result in our competitors being quicker at the following: adapting to changes, devoting greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products, generating greater national brand recognition, or adopting more aggressive pricing and promotional policies, including free shipping offers. In addition, increased catalog mailings and/or digital marketing campaigns by our competitors may adversely affect response rates to our own marketing efforts. As a result, increased competition may adversely affect our future financial performance.


Our business presence outside the United States exposes us to certain risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We have significant manufacturing and sales operations in the United Kingdom, which represents our largest marketplace outside the United States. We also have manufacturing operations in China, India, and Brazil. Additionally, our products are sold internationally through wholly ownedcontrolled subsidiaries or branches in Canada, Japan,Denmark, Korea, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China (including Hong Kong), India and Brazil. The Company's products are offered in Canada, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region primarily through dealers.


Doing business internationally exposes us to certain risks, many of which are beyond our control and could potentially impact our ability to design, develop, manufacture, or sell products in certain countries. These factors could include, but would not necessarily be limited to:


Political, social and economic conditions
Global trade conflicts and trade policies
Legal and regulatory requirements
Labor and employment practices
Cultural practices and norms
Natural disasters
Security and health concerns
Protection of intellectual property
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates


In some countries, the currencies in which we import and export products can differ. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between these currencies could negatively impact our business and our financial performance. Additionally, tariff and import regulations, international tax policies and rates, and changes in U.S. and international monetary policies may have an adverse impact on results of operations and financial condition.



92020 Annual Report




We are subject to risks and costs associated with protecting the integrity and security of our systems and confidential information.
We collect certain customer-specific data, including credit card information, in connection with orders placed through our e-commerce websites, direct-mail catalog marketing program, and retail studios. For these sales channels to function and develop successfully, we and other parties involved in processing customer transactions must be able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information and other personal information regarding our customers, securely over public and private networks. Third parties may have or develop the technology or knowledge to breach, disable, disrupt or interfere with our systems or processes or those of our vendors. Although we take the security of our systems and the privacy of our customers’ personal information seriously andWhile we believe we take reasonable steps to protect the security and confidentiality of the information we collect, we cannot guarantee that our security measures will effectively prevent others from obtaining unauthorized access to our information and our customers’ information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and are not often recognized until after they have been launched.


Any person who circumvents our security measures could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our information systems, including our e-commerce websites or retail studios and choose not to purchase from us. Any security breach could also expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, regulatory investigations, and other significant liabilities. Such a breach could also seriously disrupt, slow or hinder our operations and harm our reputation and customer relationships, any of which could harmdamage our business.


A security breach includes a third party wrongfully gaining unauthorized access to our systems for the purpose of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, loading corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. These actions may lead to a significant disruption of the Company’s IT systems and/or cause the loss of business and business information resulting in an adverse business impact, including: (1) an adverse impact on future financial results due to theft, destruction, loss misappropriation, or release of confidential data or intellectual property; (2) operational or business delays resulting from the disruption of IT systems, and subsequent clean-up and mitigation activities; and (3) negative publicity resulting in reputation or brand damage with customers, partners or industry peers.


In addition, statesThe United States federal and the federal governmentstate governments are increasingly enacting laws and regulations to protect consumers against identity theft. Also, as our business expands globally, we are subject to data privacy and other similar laws in various foreign jurisdictions. If we are the target of a cybersecurity attack resulting in unauthorized disclosure of our customer data, we may be required to undertake costly notification procedures. Compliance with these laws will likely increase the costs of doing business. If we fail to implement appropriate safeguards or to detect and provide prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by some of these laws, we could be subject to potential fines, claims for damages and other remedies, which could harm our business.


A sustained downturn in the economy could adversely impact our access to capital.
The disruptions in the global economic and financial markets of the last decadeduring 2007 to 2009 adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets, at times reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. Conditions such as these could re-emerge in the future. Accordingly, our ability to access the capital markets could be restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to access those markets, which could have an adverse impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions. The resulting lack of available credit, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, our ability to take advantage of market opportunities and our ability to obtain and manage our liquidity. In addition, the cost of debt financing and the proceeds of equity financing may be materially and adversely impacted by these market conditions. The extent of any impact would depend on several factors, including our operating cash flows, the duration of tight credit conditions and volatile equity markets, our credit capacity, the cost of financing, and other general economic and business conditions. Our credit agreements contain performance covenants, such as a limit on the ratio of debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and limits on subsidiary debt and incurrence of liens. Although we believe none of these covenants is currently restrictive to our operations, our ability to meet the financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries10



Disruptions in the supply of raw and component materials could adversely affect our manufacturing and assembly operations.
We rely on outside suppliers to provide on-time shipments of the various raw materials and component parts used in our manufacturing and assembly processes. The timeliness of these deliveries is critical to our ability to meet customer demand. Any disruptionsDisruptions in this flow of delivery may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.


Increases in the market prices of manufacturing materials may negatively affect our profitability.
The costs of certain manufacturing materials used in our operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices, includeincluding the impact of the U.S. and retaliatory tariffs previously noted. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components, and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber, and resins. Increases in the market prices of these commodities, such as what we experienced earlier in fiscal 2019 for steel, may have an adverse impact on our profitability if we are unable to offset them with strategic sourcing, continuous improvement initiatives or increased prices to our customers.




Disruptions within our dealer network could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to manage existing relationships within our network of independent dealers is crucial to our ongoing success. Although the loss of any single dealer would not have a material adverse effect on the overall business, our business within a given market could be negatively impacted by disruptions in our dealer network caused by the termination of commercial working relationships, ownership transitions, or dealer financial difficulties.


If dealers go out of business or restructure, we may suffer losses because they may not be able to pay for products already delivered to them. Also, dealers may experience financial difficulties, creating the need for outside financial support, which may not be easily obtained. In the past, we have, on occasion, agreed to provide direct financial assistance through term loans, lines of credit, and/or loan guarantees to certain dealers. Those activities increase our financial exposure.


We are unable to control many of the factors affecting consumer spending. Declines in consumer spending on furnishings could reduce demand for our products.
The operations of our Retail segment are sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, consumer disposable income, unemployment, inclement weather, availability of consumer credit, consumer debt levels, conditions in the housing market, interest rates, sales tax rates and rate increases, inflation, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Adverse changes in these factors may reduce consumer demand for our products, resulting in reduced sales and profitability.


A number of factors that affect our ability to successfully implement our retail studio strategy, including opening new locations and closing existing studios, are beyond our control. These factors may harm our ability to increase the sales and profitability of our retail operations.
Approximately 5045 percent of the sales within our Retail segment are transacted within our retail studios. Additionally, we believe our retail studios have a direct influence on the volume of business transacted through other channels, including our consumer e-commerce and direct-mail catalog platforms, as many customers utilize these physical spaces to view and experience products prior to placing an order online or through the catalog call center. Our ability to open additional studios or close existing studios successfully will depend upon a number of factors beyond our control, including:


General economic conditions
Identification and availability of suitable studio locations
Success in negotiating new leases and amending or terminating existing leases on acceptable terms
The successSuccess of other retailers in and around our retail locations
Ability to secure required governmental permits and approvals
Hiring and training skilled studio operating personnel
Landlord financial stability



112020 Annual Report



Increasing competition for highly skilled and talented workers could adversely affect our business.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends in part, on our ability to attract and retain a skilled workforce. The increasing competition for highly skilled and talented employees could result in higher compensation costs, difficulties in maintaining a capable workforce, and leadership succession planning challenges.


Costs related to product defects could adversely affect our profitability.
We incur various expenses related to product defects, including product warranty costs, product recall and retrofit costs, and product liability costs. These expenses relative to product sales vary and could increase. We maintain reserves for product defect-related costs based on estimates and our knowledge of circumstances that indicate the need for such reserves. We cannot, however, be certain that these reserves will be adequate to cover actual product defect-related claims in the future. Any significant increase in the rate of our product defect expenses could have a material adverse effect on operations.


We are subject to risks associated with self-insurance related to health benefits.
We are self-insured for our health benefits and maintain per employee stop loss coverage; however, we retain the insurable risk at an aggregate level. Therefore unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of our insured limits could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and operating results. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s retention level.




Government and other regulations could adversely affect our business.
Government and other regulations apply to the manufacture and sale of many of our products. Failure to comply with these regulations or failure to obtain approval of products from certifying agencies could adversely affect the sales of these products and have a material negative impact on operating results.


Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges may adversely affect our operating results.
We have a substantial amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily trademarks, on our balance sheet. We test the goodwill and intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis and when events occur or circumstances change that indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit or intangible asset may be below its carrying amount. Fair value determinations require considerable judgment and are sensitive to inherent uncertainties and changes in estimates and assumptions regarding actual and forecasted revenue growth rates and operating margins and discount rates. Declines in market conditions, a trend of weaker than anticipated financial performance for our reporting units or declines in projected revenue for our trademarks, a decline in our share price for a sustained period of time, an increase in the market-based weighted average cost of capital or a decrease in royalty rates, among other factors, are indicators that the carrying value of our goodwill or indefinite-life intangible assets may not be recoverable. We may be required to record a goodwill or intangible asset impairment charge that, if incurred, could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

Impairment of long-lived assets may adversely affect our operating results.
Our long-lived asset groups are subject to an impairment assessment when certain triggering events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds our estimate of future undiscounted cash flows of the operations related to the asset group, an impairment is recorded for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset group. The results of these tests for potential impairment may be adversely affected by unfavorable market conditions, our financial performance trends, or an increase in interest rates, among other factors. If as a result of the impairment test we determine that the fair value of any of our long-lived asset groups is less than its carrying amount, we may incur an impairment charge that could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.



Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments

None



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries12





Item 2 Properties

The Company owns or leases facilities located throughout the United States and several foreign countries. The location, square footage and use of the most significant facilities at June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 were as follows:


hmi10kmap.jpg
Owned Locations
Square Footage
Footage(in Thousands)


 Use
Zeeland, Michigan770,800771

 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Spring Lake, Michigan582,800583

 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Holland, Michigan357,400357

 Warehouse
Holland, Michigan293,100293
Manufacturing, Office
Dongguan, China*269,000

 Manufacturing, Office
Holland, Michigan238,200238

 Office, Design
Sheboygan, Wisconsin207,700208

 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Melksham, United Kingdom170,000170

 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Hildebran, North Carolina93,00093

 Manufacturing, Office
    
Leased Locations
Square Footage
Footage(in Thousands)


 Use
Batavia, Ohio**Ohio617,600618

 Warehouse
Dongguan, China*China429,300429

 Manufacturing, Office
Hebron, Kentucky**423,700
Warehouse
Atlanta, Georgia180,200180

 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Bangalore, India104,800105

 Manufacturing, Warehouse
Yaphank, New York92,00092

 Warehouse, Office
Mexico City, Mexico77
Warehouse
New York City, New York66,60067

 Office, Retail
Hong Kong, China54,40054

 Warehouse
Chicago, Illinois*45
Office, Retail
Brooklyn, New York39,40039

 Warehouse, Retail
Stamford, Connecticut35,30035

 Office, Retail

*Under construction and expected to open in FY21.

As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company leasedoperated 39 retail studios (including 3635 operating under the DWR brand, 23 under the HAY brand, and a Herman Miller Flagship store in New York) that totaled approximately 400,000 square feet of selling space. The Company also maintains administrative and sales offices and showrooms in various other locations throughout North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific and Latin America. The Company considers its existing facilities to be in good condition and adequate for its design, production, distribution, and selling requirements.


* On March 14, 2018, the Company announced a facilities consolidation plan related to its China Manufacturing facilities. Plans are underway to close and consolidate the owned and leased Dongguan facilities into a new leased facility in Dongguan. The Company expects the facilities consolidation to be completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2020.

132020 Annual Report

** In fiscal 2019, the Company began the transition of its leased Hebron, Kentucky distribution center to a new leased distribution center in Batavia, Ohio. The Company expects the transition to be completed by the second quarter of fiscal 2020.




Item 3 Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated operations, cash flows and financial condition.


Additional Item: Executive Officers of the Registrant

Certain information relating to Executive Officers of the Company as of June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 is as follows:
NameAgeYear Elected an Executive OfficerPosition with the Company
Andrea R. Owen542018President and Chief Executive Officer
Jeremy Hocking582017President, International Contract
Gregory J. Bylsma542009President, North America Contract
Jeffrey M. Stutz482009Chief Financial Officer
B. Ben Watson542010Chief Creative Officer
Jacqueline H. Rice472019General Counsel
John McPhee562015President, Retail
Kevin Veltman442015Vice President, Investor Relations & Treasurer
Jeffrey L. Kurburski522018Chief Technology Officer
Benjamin P.T. Groom352019Chief Digital Officer
Leander D. LeSure532019Chief Human Resource Officer
Megan Lyon392019Chief Strategy Officer
hmi10kowen.jpg
Andrea R. Owen
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Age 55, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2018
hmi10kgroom.jpg
Benjamin P.T. Groom
Chief Digital Officer
Age 36, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2019
hmi10kwatson.jpg
B. Ben Watson
Chief Creative Officer
Age 55, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2010
hmi10kpropst.jpg
Debbie Propst
President, Retail
Age 39, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2020
hmi10kbylsma.jpg
Gregory J. Bylsma
President,
North America Contract
Age 55, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2009
hmi10krice.jpg
Jacqueline H. Rice
General Counsel
Age 48, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2019
hmi10kkurburski.jpg
Jeffrey L. Kurburski
Chief Technology Officer
Age 52, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2018
hmi10kstutz.jpg
Jeffrey M. Stutz
Chief Financial Officer
Age 49, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2009
hmi10khocking.jpg
Jeremy Hocking
President,
International Contract
Age 59, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2017
hmi10kveltman.jpg
Kevin Veltman
Vice President, Investor
Relations & Treasurer
Age 45, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2015
hmi10klyon.jpg
Megan Lyon
Chief Strategy Officer
Age 40, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2019
hmi10kstraker.jpg
Tim Straker
Chief Marketing Officer
Age 54, elected as an
Executive Officer in 2020



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries14



Except as discussed below, each of the named officers has served the Company in an executive capacity for more than five years.

Mr. McPhee joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2015 in connection with the Company's acquisition of DWR. Prior to that, he served in various roles at DWR including Chief Operating Officer and President from 2010. Mr. McPhee previously held senior management positions with Edelman Leather, Candie's, Inc. and Sam & Libby, Inc.

Mr. Veltman joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2014 and serves as Vice President - Investor Relations and Treasurer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, he spent 8 years at BISSELL, Inc, most recently as Vice President - Finance.

Ms. Owen joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2018 and serves as President and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Owen spent twenty-five years at The Gap, Inc. where she most recently served as Global President of Banana Republic.
Mr. Groom joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Digital Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Mr. Groom spent six years with The Boston Consulting Group where he was a Principal member of the firm’s Technology Advantage, Retail and Consumer practices.
Ms. Propst joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2020 and serves as President of the Company's Retail segment. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Propst spent seven years at Bed Bath and Beyond where she most recently served as President and Chief Merchandising Officer of One Kings Lanes, as well as Chief Brand Officer for Bed Bath and Beyond.
Ms. Rice joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as General Counsel. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Rice served as Executive Vice President, Chief Risk & Compliance Officer at Target Corporation as well as Senior Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer at General Motors Co.
Mr. LeSure joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Mr. LeSure served as the Chief Human Resources Officer at Getty Images, Inc. He also served in Human Resource Leadership roles at Western Union and American Express.
Ms. Lyon joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Strategy Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Lyon spent eleven years with The Boston Consulting Group where she was a Partner and Managing Director leading the firm’s West Coast Consumer and Retail Practice.
There are no family relationships between or among the above-named executive officers. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the above-named officers pursuant to which any of them was named an officer.




Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable



152020 Annual Report





PART II

Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Share Price, Earnings and Dividends Summary
Herman Miller, Inc.'s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ-Global Select Market System (Symbol: MLHR). As of July 25, 2019,22, 2020, there were approximately 33,00026,000 shareholders of record, holders, including individual participants in security position listings, of the Company's common stock.

The high and low market prices of the Company's common stock, dividends and diluted earnings per share for each quarterly period during the past two years were as follows:
Per Share and Unaudited
Market
Price
High
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Low
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Close

 
Earnings
Per Share-
Diluted

 
Dividends
Declared Per
Share

Year ended June 1, 2019:         
First quarter$40.10
 $32.75
 $38.30
 $0.60
 $0.1975
Second quarter40.65
 31.38
 33.86
 0.66
 0.1975
Third quarter37.62
 28.66
 36.89
 0.66
 0.1975
Fourth quarter39.70
 33.94
 35.49
 0.78
 0.1975
Year$40.65
 $28.66
 $35.49
 $2.70
 $0.7900
Year ended June 2, 2018:         
First quarter$35.30
 $29.25
 $34.00
 $0.55
 $0.1800
Second quarter37.00
 32.05
 34.55
 0.55
 0.1800
Third quarter41.84
 33.65
 36.75
 0.49
 0.1800
Fourth quarter39.20
 29.95
 32.85
 0.53
 0.1800
Year$41.84
 $29.25
 $32.85
 $2.12
 $0.7200


Dividends were declared for the first three quarters of fiscal 2020 and paid quarterly duringall quarters of fiscal 2019 and 2018 as approved by the Board of Directors.

On June 26, 2019 Herman Miller previously announced the company's boarddeferral of directors approved an increase in the quarterlyits third quarter fiscal 2020 dividend up to $0.21 per share. The payment will be made on October 15, 2019 to shareholders of record atas of February 29, 2020. That dividend was originally scheduled to be paid on April 15, 2020. The Company's Board of Directors subsequently approved the closepayment of businessthis dividend, which was made on August 31, 2019. While it is anticipated thatJuly 15, 2020. The Company has suspended future dividend payments given the Company will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends, the amount and timing of such dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board depending on the Company's future results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors.ongoing uncertainty caused by COVID–19.


Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following is a summary ofCompany has one share repurchase activity during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter ended June 1, 2019:
Period
Total Number of
 Shares (or Units) Purchased

 Average Price Paid per Share or Unit
 Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) 

3/3/19-3/30/1911,253
 34.95
 11,253
 $268,232,481
3/31/19-4/27/1960,815
 36.61
 60,815
 $266,006,033
4/28/19-6/1/1947,498
 37.56
 47,498
 $264,222,017
Total119,566
 

 119,566
  
(1) Amounts are as of the end of the period indicated

The Company has two share repurchase plansplan authorized by the Board of Directors on September 25, 2007 and January 16, 2019, which provideprovides a share repurchase authorization of $550.0$250.0 million with no specified expiration date. The approximate dollar value of shares available for purchase under the plans at June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 was $264.2$237.6 million.


The following is a summary of share repurchase activity during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter ended May 30, 2020:
PeriodTotal Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased Average Price Paid per Share or Unit Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs 
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) 
3/1/20-3/28/2015,026
 $32.20
 15,026
 $237,689,005
3/29/20-4/25/20404
 $24.08
 404
 $237,679,278
4/26/20-5/30/201,801
 $20.63
 1,801
 $237,642,176
Total17,231
 

 17,231
  
During the period covered by this report, the Company did not sell any shares of common stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.




Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries16



Stockholder Return Performance Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company's common stock with that of the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial IndexNASDAQ Composite Total Return for the five-year period ended June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on June 4, 2014May 30, 2015 in the Company's common stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial Index,NASDAQ Composite Total Return, with dividends reinvested.
graph.jpg
chart-d59a51b29b3014a0885.jpg
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 20192015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Herman Miller, Inc.$100
 $90
 $105
 $111
 $114
 $126
$100
 $116
 $123
 $126
 $139
 $93
S&P 500 Index$100
 $110
 $109
 $127
 $142
 $143
$100
 $100
 $116
 $130
 $131
 $144
NASD Non-Financial$100
 $121
 $119
 $159
 $187
 $186
NASDAQ Composite Total Return$100
 $99
 $127
 $154
 $154
 $198


Information required by this item is also contained in Item 12 of this report.



172020 Annual Report





Item 6 Selected Financial Data
Review of Operations         
(In millions, except key ratios and per share data)2019 2018 2017 2016 20152020 2019 2018 2017 2016
Operating Results                  
Net sales$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
Gross margin929.9
 873.0
 864.2
 874.2
 791.4
910.7
 929.9
 873.0
 864.2
 874.2
Selling, general, and administrative (1)
649.5
 621.0
 587.5
 585.6
 556.6
669.7
 649.5
 621.0
 592.9
 585.6
Impairment charges205.4
 
 
 7.1
 
Design and research76.9
 73.1
 73.1
 77.1
 71.4
74.0
 76.9
 73.1
 73.1
 77.1
Operating earnings203.5
 178.9
 191.1
 211.5
 163.4
Earnings before income taxes195.1
 168.1
 177.6
 196.6
 145.2
Net earnings160.5
 128.7
 124.1
 137.5
 98.1
Operating (loss) earnings(38.4) 203.5
 178.9
 191.1
 211.5
(Loss) earnings before income taxes and equity income(13.4) 195.1
 168.1
 177.6
 196.6
Net (loss) earnings(14.4) 160.5
 128.7
 124.1
 137.5
Net cash provided by operating activities216.4
 166.5
 202.1
 210.4
 167.7
221.8
 216.4
 166.5
 202.1
 210.4
Net cash used in investing activities(165.0) (62.7) (116.3) (80.8) (213.6)(168.1) (165.0) (62.7) (116.3) (80.8)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(91.9) 2.5
 (74.6) (106.5) 6.8
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities244.0
 (91.9) 2.5
 (74.6) (106.5)
Depreciation and amortization72.1
 66.9
 58.9
 53.0
 49.8
79.5
 72.1
 66.9
 58.9
 53.0
Capital expenditures85.8
 70.6
 87.3
 85.1
 63.6
69.0
 85.8
 70.6
 87.3
 85.1
Common stock repurchased plus cash dividends paid93.5
 88.9
 63.1
 49.0
 37.0
63.0
 93.5
 88.9
 63.1
 49.0
                  
Key Ratios                  
Sales growth7.8% 4.5% 0.6 % 5.7% 13.8%
Sales (decline) growth(3.1)% 7.8% 4.5% 0.6 % 5.7%
Gross margin (2)
36.2
 36.7
 37.9
 38.6
 36.9
36.6
 36.2
 36.7
 37.9
 38.6
Selling, general, and administrative (1) (2)
25.3
 26.1
 25.8
 25.9
 26.0
26.9
 25.3
 26.1
 26.0
 25.9
Design and research (2)
3.0
 3.1
 3.2
 3.4
 3.3
3.0
 3.0
 3.1
 3.2
 3.4
Operating earnings (2)
7.9
 7.5
 8.4
 9.3
 7.6
Operating (loss) earnings (2)
(1.5) 7.9
 7.5
 8.4
 9.3
Net earnings growth (decline)24.7
 3.7
 (9.7) 40.2
 543.9
(109.0) 24.7
 3.7
 (9.7) 40.2
After-tax return on net sales (3)
6.3
 5.4
 5.4
 6.1
 4.6
(0.6) 6.3
 5.4
 5.4
 6.1
After-tax return on average assets (4)
10.5
 9.2
 9.8
 11.3
 9.0
(0.8) 10.5
 9.2
 9.8
 11.3
After-tax return on average equity (5)
23.2% 20.6% 22.3 % 29.1% 25.0%(2.1) 23.2
 20.6
 22.3
 29.1
                  
Share and Per Share Data                  
Earnings per share-diluted$2.70
 $2.12
 $2.05
 $2.26
 $1.62
(Loss) earnings per share-diluted$(0.15) $2.70
 $2.12
 $2.05
 $2.26
Cash dividends declared per share0.79
 0.72
 0.68
 0.59
 0.56
0.63
 0.79
 0.72
 0.68
 0.59
Book value per share at year end (6)
12.23
 11.22
 9.84
 8.76
 7.04
10.94
 12.23
 11.22
 9.84
 8.76
Market price per share at year end35.49
 32.85
 32.70
 31.64
 27.70
23.02
 35.49
 32.85
 32.70
 31.64
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted59.4
 60.3
 60.6
 60.5
 60.1
58.9
 59.4
 60.3
 60.6
 60.5
                  
Financial Condition                  
Total assets$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
 $1,306.3
 $1,235.2
 $1,192.7
$2,053.9
 $1,569.3
 $1,479.5
 $1,306.3
 $1,235.2
Working capital (7)
215.2
 231.6
 106.2
 90.5
 110.1
403.8
 215.2
 231.6
 106.2
 90.5
Current ratio (8)
1.5
 1.6
 1.3
 1.2
 1.3
1.8
 1.5
 1.6
 1.3
 1.2
Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements (9)
282.8
 265.1
 197.8
 221.9
 290.0
558.8
 282.8
 265.1
 197.8
 221.9
Stockholders' equity719.2
 664.8
 587.7
 524.7
 420.3
643.0
 719.2
 664.8
 587.7
 524.7
Total capital (10)
1,002.0
 929.9
 785.5
 746.6
 710.3
1,201.8
 1,002.0
 929.9
 785.5
 746.6
(1) Selling, general, and administrative expenses include restructuring and impairment expenses in years that are applicable.
(2) Shown as a percent of net sales.
(3) Calculated as net earnings divided by net sales.
(4) Calculated as net earnings divided by average assets.
(5) Calculated as net earnings divided by average equity.
(6) Calculated as total stockholders' equity divided by common shares of stock outstanding.
(7) Calculated using current assets less non-interest bearing current liabilities.
(8) Calculated using current assets divided by current liabilities.
(9) Amounts shown include the fair market value of the Company’s interest rate swap arrangement(s). The net fair value of this/these arrangement(s) was/were $0.9 million at June 1, 2019, $(9.9) million at June 2, 2018, and $(2.1) million at June 3, 2017.
(10) Calculated as interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements plus stockholders' equity.





Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries18






Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the issues discussed in Management's Discussion and Analysis in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Executive Overview
Herman Miller’s mission statement is Inspiring Designs to Help People Do Great Things. At present, most customers come to the Company for furnishing interior environments in corporate offices, healthcare settings, higher education institutions and residential spaces. The Company's primary products include furniture systems, seating, storage, freestanding furniture, healthcare environment products, casegoods, textiles and related technologies and services.


More than 100 years of innovative business practices and a commitment to social responsibility have established Herman Miller as a recognized global company. The Company trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol MLHR.


Herman Miller's products are sold internationally through wholly-owned subsidiaries or branches in various countries including the United Kingdom, Denmark, Canada, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China, Hong Kong, India and Brazil. The Company's products are offered elsewhere in the world primarily through independent dealerships or joint ventures with customers in over 100 countries.


The Company is globally positioned in terms of manufacturing operations. In the United States, manufacturing operations are located in Michigan, Georgia, Wisconsin and North Carolina. In Europe, its manufacturing presence is located in the United Kingdom. Manufacturing operations globally also include facilities located in China, Brazil and India. The Company manufactures products using a system of lean manufacturing techniques collectively referred to as the Herman Miller Performance System (HMPS). For its contract furniture business, Herman Miller strives to maintain efficiencies and cost savings by minimizing the amount of inventory on hand. Accordingly, production is order-driven with direct materials and components purchased as needed to meet demand. The standard manufacturing lead time for the majority of our products is 10 to 20 days. These factors result in a high rate of inventory turns related to our manufactured inventories.


A key element of the Company's manufacturing strategy is to limit fixed production costs by sourcing component parts from strategic suppliers. This strategy has allowed the Company to increase the variable nature of its cost structure, while retaining proprietary control over those production processes that the Company believes provide a competitive advantage. As a result of this strategy, the Company's manufacturing operations are largely assembly-based.


A key element of the Company's growth strategy is to scale the Retail business through the Company's Design Within Reach (DWR), HAY and Herman Miller and HAY retail operations. The Retail business provides a channel to bring Herman Miller's iconic and design-centric products to retail customers, along with other proprietary and third partythird-party products, with a focus on design. The Company continues to transform its Retail business through the DWR retail studio footprint, which will be complemented by a continued focus on improving margins through the development of exclusive product designs and leveraging additional sales in DWR's contract, catalog and digital channels, as well as the launch of the HAY brand, which was launched in North America.America in fiscal 2019.


The Company is comprised of various operating segments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The operating segments are determined on the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. The Company has identified the following reportable segments:


North America Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the Company's owned

192020 Annual Report



contract furniture dealers is also included in the North America Contract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles, including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff, naughtone, and Herman Miller Collection products.


International Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA),EMEA, Latin America and Asia-Pacific geographic regions.
Asia-Pacific.


Retail — Includes the operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and DWR and HAY studios.


The Company also reports a corporate category consisting primarily of unallocated corporate expenses related to general corporate functions, including, but not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and acquisition-related costs.




Core Strengths
The Company relies on the following core strengths in delivering solutions to customers:


Portfolio of Leading Brands and Products - Herman Miller is a globally-recognized, authentic brand known for working with some of the most well knownwell-known and respected designers in the world. Over the years, it has evolved into Herman Miller Group, a family of brands that collectively offers a variety of products for environments where people live, learn, work, heal and heal.play. Within the industries in which the Company operates, Herman Miller, DWR, Geiger, Maharam, POSH, Nemschoff, ColbrookColebrook Bosson Saunders ("CBS"), HAY, Maars LivingsLiving Walls and Naughtonenaughtone are acknowledged as leading brands that inspire architects and designers to create their best design solutions. This portfolio has enabled Herman Miller to connect with new audiences, channels, geographies and product categories. Leveraging the collective brand equity of the Herman Miller Group across the lines of business is an important element of the Company's business strategy.


Problem-Solving Design and Innovation - The Company is committed to developing research-based functionality and aesthetically innovative new products and has a history of doing so, in collaboration with a global network of leading independent designers. The Company believes its skills and experience in matching problem-solving design with the workplace needs of customers provide the Company with a competitive advantage in the marketplace. An important component of the Company's business strategy is to actively pursue a program of new product research, design and development. The Company accomplishes this through the use of an internal research and engineering staff that engages with third party design resources generally compensated on a royalty basis.


Operational Excellence - The Company was among the first in the industry to embrace the concepts of lean manufacturing. HMPS provides the foundation for all the Company's manufacturing operations. The Company is committed to continuously improving both product quality and production and operational efficiency. The Company has extended this lean process work to its non-manufacturing processes as well as externally to its manufacturing supply chain and distribution channel. The Company believes these concepts hold significant promise for further gains in reliability, quality and efficiency.


Omni-Channel Reach - The Company has built a multi-channel distribution capability that it considers unique. Through contract furniture dealers, direct customer sales, retail studios, e-Commerce,e-commerce, catalogs and independent retailers, the Company serves contract and residential customers across a range of channels and geographies.


Global Scale - In addition to its global omni-channel distribution capability, the Company has a global network of designers, suppliers, manufacturing operations and research and development centers that position the Company to serve contract and residential customers globally. The Company believes that leveraging this global scale will be an important enabler to executing its strategy.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries20




Channels of Distribution
The Company's products and services are offered to most of its customers under standard trade credit terms between 30 and 45 days. For all the items below, revenue is recognized when both title and risk of losscontrol transfers to the customer. The Company's products and services are sold through the following distribution channels:


Independent and Owned Contract Furniture Dealers - Most of the Company's product sales are made to a network of independently owned and operated contract furniture dealerships doing business in many countries around the world. These dealers purchase the Company's products and distribute them to end customers. Many of these dealers also offer furniture-related services, including product installation.


Direct Contract Sales - The Company also sells products and services directly to end customers without an intermediary (e.g., sales to the U.S. federal government). In most of these instances, the Company contracts separately with a dealershipdealer or third-party installation company to provide sales-related services.


Retail Studios - At the end of fiscal 2020 the Retail business unit included 39 retail studios (including 35 operating under the DWR brand, 3 under the HAY brand, and a Herman Miller Flagship store in New York). This business also operates 5 outlet studios. The retail and outlet studios are located in metropolitan areas throughout North America.

Retail Studios - At the end of fiscal 2019, the Retail business unit included 39 retail studios (including 36 operating under the DWR brand, 2 under the HAY brand and a Herman Miller Flagship store in New York City). This business also operates three outlet studios. The retail studios are located in metropolitan areas throughout North America.

E-CommerceE-commerce - The Company sells products through its online stores, in which products are available for sale via the Company's website, hermanmiller.com, global e-commerce platforms, as well as through the dwr.com and us.hay.com online stores. These sites complement our existing methods of distribution and extend the Company's brand to new customers.





Direct-Mail Catalogs - The Company’s Retail business unit utilizes a direct-mail catalog program through its DWR subsidiary. A regular schedule of catalog mailings is maintained throughout the fiscal year and these serve as a key driver of sales across each of DWR’s channels, including retail studios and e-commerce websites.


Independent Retailers Wholesale - Certain of the Company's products are sold on a wholesale basis to end customers through independent retail operations.
third-party retailers located in various markets around the world.


Challenges Ahead
Like all businesses, the Company is faced with a host of challenges and risks. The Company believes its core strengths and values, which provide the foundation for its strategic direction, have well prepared the Company to respond to the inevitable challenges it will face in the future. While the Company is confident in its direction, it acknowledges the risks specific to our business and industry. Refer to Item 1A for discussion of certain of these risk factors and Item 7A for disclosures of market risk.



212020 Annual Report



Areas of Strategic Focus
Despite a number of risks and challenges, the Company believes it is well positioned to successfully pursue its mission of inspiring designs to help people do great things. As our business and industry continue to evolve, we are constantly focused on staying ahead of the curve. With the composition of the office floor plate moving toward a broader variety of furnishings, a greater desire for customization from our customers, new technologies, and trends towards urbanization and more seamless transactions in the retail world, we have centered our overall value creation strategy on four key priorities.


Unlock the Power of One Herman Miller - Coming together as a family of complementary brands will help achieve our goals of more actively moving into the consumer marketplace, growing globally and making it easier to do business with us. The Company strives to become more agile, invest in responsive innovation, simplify our go-to-market strategy and continue to lead in product innovation across all of our businesses globally.

hmi10kstrategy1.jpg
Unlock the Power of One Herman Miller
Coming together as a family of complementary brands will help achieve our goals of more actively moving into the consumer marketplace, growing globally and making it easier to do business with us. We strive to become more agile, invest in responsive innovation, simplify our go-to-market strategy and continue to lead in product innovation across all our businesses globally.
hmi10kstrategy2.jpg
Build a Customer-centric, Digitally-enabled Business Model
Building a customer centric and digitally enabled business model is at the forefront of our goal to become easier to do business with us. We will leverage our deep understanding of customer journeys to deliver inspired products and a frictionless customer experience. Along with strengthening the core technology backbone, we will also drive step-change in data, analytics, marketing and brand capabilities.

hmi10kstrategy3.jpg
Accelerate Profitable Growth
There are identified opportunities for growth ahead in each of our business segments. We believe we are the only company in our industry with access to meaningful contract and residential growth opportunities on a global scale. At the same time, with our ongoing focus on operational excellence and specific profit improvement initiatives, we are focused on continuous improvement of our cost structure.
hmi10kstrategy4.jpg
Reinforce Our Commitment to Our People, Planet, Communities
With a legacy of corporate social responsibility that is deeply ingrained in our culture, we will reinforce our commitment to our people, planet and communities in a more integrated and deliberate way than ever before. We will focus on building, developing and retaining world-class talent, shaping an inclusive and diverse workforce and elevating our Better World commitment. Doing so will enable us to create value for our shareholders, customers and employees, as well as for the broader communities and environment in which we operate.
Build a Customer-centric, Digitally-enabled Business Model - Building a customer centric and digitally enabled business model is at the forefront of our goal to become easier to do business with us. The Company will leverage its deep understanding of customer journeys to deliver inspired products and a frictionless customer experience. Along with strengthening the core technology backbone, the Company will also drive step-change in data, analytics, marketing and brand capabilities.

Accelerate Profitable Growth - There are identified opportunities for growth ahead in each of the Company’s business segments. We believe we are the only player in our industry with access to meaningful contract and residential growth opportunities on a global scale. At the same time, with our ongoing focus on operational excellence and specific profit improvement initiatives, we are focused on continuous improvement of our cost structure.

Reinforce Our Commitment to Our People, Planet, Communities - With a legacy of corporate social responsibility that is deeply ingrained in our culture, the Company will reinforce its commitment to its people, planet and communities in a more integrated and deliberate way than ever before. The Company will focus on building, developing and retaining world-class talent, shaping an inclusive and diverse workforce and elevating its total societal impact commitment. By viewing the impact of our organization through its total societal impact, we believe we can create value for our shareholders, customers and employees, as well as for the broader communities and environment in which we operate.


The Company believes its strategy continues to respond well to current and future realities in its markets. The Company's strategic priorities are aimed at creating a sustainable and diverse revenue model that puts the customer at the center of everything we do and leverages enabling digital capabilities to fully realize that vision.




Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries22





Business Overview
The following is a summary of the significant events and items impacting the Company's operations for the year ended June 1, 2019:May 30, 2020:


Net sales were $2,486.6 million, representing a decrease of 3.1% when compared to the prior year. The decrease in net sales was driven primarily by decreased sales volumes in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and related facility shut-downs, offset by the acquisitions of HAY and naughtone and incremental list price increases, net of contract price discounting. On an organic basis, net sales were $2,398.7 million(*), representing a decrease of 6.6% when compared to the prior year.
Andi Owen was elected as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective on August 22, 2018, succeeding Brian Walker who retired from the Company in August 2018. Ms. Owen joins Herman Miller after a 25-year career at Gap Inc., where she most recently served as Global President of Banana Republic, leading 11,000 employees in over 600 stores across 27 countries.
Gross margin was 36.6% as compared to 36.2% in the prior year. The increase in gross margin was driven primarily by list price increases and profitability improvement efforts, partially offset by reduced leverage of fixed overhead expenses across all segments due to the onset of COVID-19 during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 and higher net freight expenses within the Retail segment.


Operating expenses increased by $222.7 million or 30.7% as compared to the prior year. Operating expenses included non-cash charges of $205 million in the current year for the impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and right of use assets related to Design Within Reach, Maharam, HAY and naughtone. These charges were determined based on the Company's annual impairment review process and indicators of impairment arising from the impact of COVID-19 on financial results. Refer below to "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" for additional information. Operating expenses also included special charges totaling $12.3 million and restructuring costs of $26.4 million. Special charges related mainly to certain costs arising as a direct result of COVID-19 and initial purchase accounting effects of the Company's investments in HAY and naughtone. Restructuring costs related mainly to severance and outplacement benefits associated with workforce reductions and profit improvement initiatives implemented during the year.
Net sales were $2,567.2 million and orders were $2,614.9 million, representing an increase of 7.8% and 8.6%, respectively, when compared to the prior year. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by strong performance within the North America, International and Retail segments, as well as a reclassification related to the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606). On an organic basis, net sales were $2,583.7 million(*) and orders were $2,628.6 million, representing an increase of 7.1%(*) and 7.7%, respectively, when compared to the prior year.
Other income in the current year reflected a pre-tax gain of $36.2 million related to the purchase accounting treatment of initial equity-method investments in naughtone and HAY. The Company became the majority owner of both naughtone and HAY in the current year and as a result was required to record certain fair value adjustments which resulted in a non-taxable gain.


The effective tax rate was negative 44.9% for fiscal 2020 compared to 20.3% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of adjustments related to impairment, restructuring and other special charges recorded during the year, a portion of which were not deductible for tax purposes, the effective tax rate for the year was 19.9%. This rate reflected both provision to return adjustments and the accrual of withholding taxes related to planned repatriation of cash from certain foreign jurisdictions.
Gross margin was 36.2% as compared to 36.7% in the prior year. The decrease in gross margin was driven primarily by the reclassification impact of adopting the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606) at the beginning of fiscal 2019. Higher commodity costs and the impact of tariffs on Chinese imports also decreased gross margin, but were offset by lower material costs within the North America segment and lower costs within the International segment.
Diluted (loss) earnings per share decreased$2.85 to $(0.15), a 105.6%decrease as compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of the gain on consolidation of equity method investments, impairment charges, restructuring expenses and other special charges, adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.61(*), a 12.1%decrease as compared to the prior year.


The Company declared cash dividends of $0.63 per share compared to $0.79 per share in the prior year. In the fourth quarter of the current fiscal year, the Company's Board of Directors temporarily suspended all future dividends in response to the economic uncertainty brought on by the onset of COVID-19.
Operating expenses increased by $32.3 million or 4.7% as compared to the prior year. Operating expenses included special charges, totaling $13.1 million, related mainly to costs associated with the CEO transition, certain business structure realignment costs and third party consulting costs attributable to the Company's profit enhancement initiatives. Operating expenses also included restructuring costs of $10.2 million related to actions involving facilities consolidation, targeted workforce reductions and costs associated with an early retirement program.

The effective tax rate was 20.3% for fiscal 2019 compared to 25.2% for the prior year. The decrease in the current year effective tax rate was driven primarily by the full year impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") as compared to a partial year impact in fiscal 2018.

Diluted earnings per share increased $0.58 to $2.70, a 27.4% increase as compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of restructuring expenses, other special charges, a gain associated with the fair value adjustment of an investment, an inventory step up on the HAY equity method investment and the final adjustment related to the adoption U.S. tax reform, adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.97(*), a 29.1% increase as compared to the prior year.


The Company declared cash dividends of $0.79 per share compared to $0.72 per sharemade strategic investments in the priorform of acquisitions during the fiscal year. These included $46 million to acquire the remaining outstanding shares of naughtone, and $79 million to acquire an additional 34% ownership stake in HAY.


In March 2020, the Company borrowed an additional $265 million under its syndicated revolving line of credit as a precautionary measure to provide additional near-term liquidity given the uncertainty related to COVID-19,

Strategic investments of approximately $72 million were made
232020 Annual Report



which was subsequently repaid in HAY and Maars Living Walls.

EffectiveJune 2020. On May 20, 2020, the Company issued unsecured senior private placement debt securities in the fourth quarteramount of fiscal 2019, the Company revised its reportable segments to combine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The newly combined segment is called "North America Contract"$50.0 million.


The following summary includes the Company's view on the economic environment in which it operates:


The North America remainsAmerican macro-economic picture was generally conducive to continuedpositive through the first three quarters of the fiscal year with positive job growth, due to recent positivecorporate profitability and architectural billing activity.

The disruption from the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacted the fourth quarter of our fiscal year as Gross Domestic Product forecasts and industry order trends, as reported by the Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association ("BIFMA"), GDP growth, service sector employment and architectural billings.have highlighted near-term demand pressures from the slowdown in economic activity from the pandemic.


The Company is monitoring the resolution of various trade policy negotiations between the U.S. and key trading partners as well as the ongoing negotiations concerning the U.K. referendum to exit the European Union.Union ("Brexit"). These negotiations create a level of uncertainty in key markets, particularly the U.K., continental Europe and China, which, if unresolved in the near term, will likely negatively impact customer demand.


The Company is also navigatingcontinues to navigate the impact of global tariffs. In May 2019, the U.S. enacted a 25% tariff rate on certain goods imported by the Company and its suppliers from China. The Company continues to believebelieves, based upon existing circumstances, that pricing, strategic sourcing actions and profit optimization initiatives willhave fully offset the current level of tariffs imposed on imports from China.


The Company's Retail segment supports the home environment, including home offices, which is a category of particular emphasis by consumers in the near-term. The Company also continues to optimize its business model related to shipping with increasing customer expectations that the products they buy should come with free or discounted shipping. In response, the Company is continuing to evaluate a variety of strategies, including negotiating lower costs from third party freight providers, implementing actions aimed at improving the efficiency of its logistics processes and more closely reflecting the cost of delivery into the base price of its products.

The remaining sections of Item 7 include additional analysis of the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, including discussion of significant variances compared to the prior year period. A detailed review of our fiscal 20182019 performance compared to our fiscal 20172018 performance is set forth in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2018.1, 2019.
(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.



COVID-19 Update
The outbreak of COVID-19 adversely impacted our financial performance for fiscal 2020 and will have an adverse impact in fiscal 2021. This outbreak has impacted our supply base as well as resulted in temporary facility closures in locations throughout the globe beginning in February and continuing into the fourth quarter. The extent of the geographic spread and duration of this virus, the impact on our supply chain, demand for our products, and related financial impact cannot be estimated at this time with any degree of certainty.

Employee Safety and Health
The Company has instituted a number of safety measures to contain the spread of COVID-19, including domestic and international travel restrictions, work-from-home practices, extensive cleaning protocols, additional safety measures including temperature checks and face coverings, measures to promote physical (social) distancing in the workplace, and the temporary closure to the public of our showrooms and retail studios.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries24



Customer Focus
The Company's customer service, sales, supplier and dealer teams are working closely with customers to meet current demand. Sales teams are meeting with customers remotely via video calls, online chat functionality, and virtual reality to continue the design and specification process that would normally take place in a showroom. Customer service representatives are working remotely to stay connected to customers regarding order status and projected delivery dates. The Company recently opened some showroom and retail locations around the globe to the public. Customers can also make private appointments to shop in person or shop online with the Company's team virtually.

Manufacturing and Operations
As a global manufacturer, the Company responded to various shelter-in-place and similar government orders in locations around the world in which it operates.

In Michigan, Governor Gretchen Whitmer’s “Stay Home, Stay Safe” executive order required all non-essential businesses to close during the three week period that ended April 13, 2020. However, as the Company serves the health care industry and the federal government, among other critical sectors, the Company continued to help support customers actively engaged in the COVID-19 response. In an effort to support the thousands of medical workers on the front lines of the battle against COVID-19, this work also included transforming a portion of its manufacturing footprint to fulfill the immediate need for medical related products and personal protective equipment. The Company continues to produce masks and face shields for its own employees and continues to donate to community members and nonprofits in need of personal protection equipment. This work is being completed at many of the Company's U.S. manufacturing locations.

Internationally, the status of the Company’s manufacturing and warehouse facilities vary based on government orders. While certain facilities were temporarily closed during a portion of the year, the majority of the Company’s manufacturing and warehouse locations are operating at full capacity, with some locations operating at reduced capacity with flexible hours and shifts to ensure employee safety.

The Company continues to monitor similar executive orders to understand the potential impact on its operations in other areas.
Retail Operations
DWR and HAY retail studios and stores across the US are currently open to the public in various capacities with safety precautions in place. The Company’s distribution center in Batavia, Ohio has continued without disruption. Freight carriers are delivering to every market domestically but changing policies and procedures daily that may affect distribution. In some markets the Company is unable to offer white glove delivery currently, but can coordinate with customers to deliver product to their door. Its e-commerce platforms are fully operational.

Cost Reductions
The Company has implemented a range of actions aimed at temporarily reducing costs and preserving liquidity. These actions include reducing our salaried workforce by approximately 400 through voluntary and involuntary workforce reductions, a 10% reduction in cash compensation for the majority of the Company's salaried workforce and an additional 15% salary deferral of the Company's executive leadership team. Additionally the Company has temporarily suspended the quarterly dividend payout and certain employer-paid retirement contributions, compensation increases and cash incentive bonus programs. The Company will continue to evaluate further ways to manage costs in line with reduced revenue levels.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This report contains references to Organic net sales and Adjusted diluted earnings per share ("EPS"), both of- diluted, which are non-GAAP financial measures (referred to collectively as the "Adjusted financial measures").measures. Organic Growth (Decline) represents the change in Net sales, excluding currency translation effects and orders, excluding the impact of divestitures, currency translation effects, the impact of reclassification related to the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606), and changes in shipping terms.acquisitions. Adjusted Earnings per Share represents reported diluted earnings per share excluding the impact from adjustments related to the adoption of the U.S. Tax Reform, an investment fair value adjustment, amortization of an inventory step up onCuts and Jobs Act, purchase accounting adjustments related to the HAY equity method investment,and naughtone investments, impairment charges, restructuring expenses and other

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries25



special charges or gains, including related taxes. Restructuring expenses include actions involving facilities consolidation and optimization, targeted workforce reductions and costs associated with an early retirement program. Special charges include costs related to the CEO transition, certain business structure realignment costs, and third party consulting costs related to the Company's profit enhancement initiatives.initiatives, acquisition-related costs and certain costs arising as a direct result of COVID-19.


The Company presentsbelieves presenting Organic net sales and Adjusted earnings per share - diluted is useful for investors as it provides financial information on a more comparative basis for the periods presented by excluding items that are not representative of the ongoing operations of the Company.

Organic net sales and Adjusted financial measures because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe them to be useful in analyzing ongoing results from operations. The adjusted financial measuresearnings per share - diluted are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered an alternativeas alternatives to Earnings per share - diluted, or the Company's reported Net sales under GAAP. The Adjusted financial measuresrelated GAAP measurement. These non-GAAP measurements have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company'sour results as reported under GAAP. The Company'sOur presentation of the Adjusted financialnon-GAAP measures should not be construed as an indication that itsour future results will be unaffected by unusual or infrequent items. The Company compensatesWe compensate for these limitations by providing prominence of theour GAAP results and using the Adjustednon-GAAP financial measures only as a supplement.


The following table reconciles Net sales to Organic net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended:periods ended as indicated below:
June 1, 2019June 2, 2018May 30, 2020June 1, 2019
North AmericaInternationalRetailTotalNorth AmericaInternationalRetailTotalNorth AmericaInternationalRetailTotalNorth AmericaInternationalRetailTotal
Net Sales, as reported$1,686.5
$492.2
$388.5
$2,567.2
$1,589.8
$434.5
$356.9
$2,381.2
$1,598.2
$502.8
$385.6
$2,486.6
$1,686.5
$492.2
$388.5
$2,567.2
% change from PY6.1%13.3%8.9%7.8%  (5.2)%2.2 %(0.7)%(3.1)%  
          
Proforma Adjustments          
Dealer Divestitures



(0.8)

(0.8)
Acquisitions(11.8)(83.8)
(95.6)



Currency Translation Effects (1)
3.8
12.4
0.3
16.5




0.7
7.0

7.7




Impact of Reclassification Related to New Revenue Recognition Standard



23.9
12.3

36.2
Impact of Change in DWR Shipping Terms





(5.0)(5.0)
Organic net sales$1,690.3
$504.6
$388.8
$2,583.7
$1,612.9
$446.8
$351.9
$2,411.6
$1,587.1
$426.0
$385.6
$2,398.7
$1,686.5
$492.2
$388.5
$2,567.2
% change from PY4.8%12.9%10.5%7.1% (5.9)%(13.4)%(0.7)%(6.6)% 

(1) Currency translation effects represent the estimated net impact of translating current period sales and orders using the average exchange rates applicable to the comparable prior year period


The following table reconciles EPS to Adjusted EPS for the years indicated:
June 1, 2019June 2, 2018May 30, 2020June 1, 2019
Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.70
$2.12
(Loss) Earnings per Share - Diluted$(0.15)$2.70
    
Less: Adjustments Related to Adoption of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act(0.02)(0.05)
(0.02)
Less: Investment fair value adjustment, after tax(0.03)
Less: Investment fair value adjustments, after tax
(0.03)
Add: Inventory step up on HAY equity method investment, after tax
0.01
Less: Gain on consolidation of equity method investments(0.63)
Add: Special charges, after tax0.18
0.16
0.15
0.18
Add: inventory step up on HAY equity method investment, after tax0.01

Add: Impairment charges, after tax2.90

Add: Restructuring expenses, after tax0.13
0.07
0.34
0.13
Adjusted Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.97
$2.30
$2.61
$2.97
    
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (used for Calculating Adjusted Earnings per Share) – Diluted59,381,791
60,311,305
58,920,653
59,381,791

Note: The adjustments above are net of tax. For the twelve months ended May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, the tax impact of the adjustments were $0.62 and $0.10, respectively.




Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries26





Financial Results
The following is a comparison of our annual results of operations and year-over-year percentage changes for the periods indicated:
(Dollars in millions)Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 % ChangeFiscal 2020 Fiscal 2019 % Change
Net sales$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 7.8 %$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 (3.1)%
Cost of sales1,637.3
 1,508.2
 8.6 %1,575.9
 1,637.3
 (3.8)%
Gross margin929.9
 873.0
 6.5 %910.7
 929.9
 (2.1)%
Operating expenses726.4
 694.1
 4.7 %949.1
 726.4
 30.7 %
Operating earnings203.5
 178.9
 13.8 %
Net other expenses8.4
 10.8
 (22.2)%
Earnings before income taxes195.1
 168.1
 16.1 %
Operating (loss) earnings(38.4) 203.5
 (118.9)%
Gain on consolidation of equity method investments36.2
 
 n/a
Other expenses, net11.2
 8.4
 33.3 %
(Loss) earnings before income taxes and equity income(13.4) 195.1
 (106.9)%
Income tax expense39.6
 42.4
 (6.6)%6.0
 39.6
 (84.8)%
Equity income from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax5.0
 3.0
 66.7 %5.0
 5.0
  %
Net earnings160.5
 128.7
 24.7 %
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 0.6
 (100.0)%
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$160.5
 $128.1
 25.3 %
Net (loss) earnings(14.4) 160.5
 (109.0)%
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(5.3) 
 n/a
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$(9.1) $160.5
 (105.7)%


The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the components of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a percentage of net sales:
 Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018
Net sales100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales63.8
 63.3
Gross margin36.2
 36.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses24.9
 25.8
Restructuring and impairment expenses0.4
 0.2
Design and research expenses3.0
 3.1
Total operating expenses28.3
 29.1
Operating earnings7.9
 7.5
Net other expenses0.3
 0.5
Earnings before income taxes7.6
 7.1
Income tax expense1.5
 1.8
Equity income from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax0.2
 0.1
Net earnings6.3
 5.4
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.6.3
 5.4
 Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2019
Net sales100.0 % 100.0%
Cost of sales63.4
 63.8
Gross margin36.6
 36.2
Operating expenses38.2
 28.3
Operating (loss) earnings(1.5) 7.9
Gain on consolidation of equity method investments1.5
 
Other expenses, net0.5
 0.3
(Loss) earnings before income taxes and equity income(0.5) 7.6
Income tax expense0.2
 1.5
Equity income from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax0.2
 0.2
Net (loss) earnings(0.6) 6.3
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(0.2) 
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.(0.4) 6.3



272020 Annual Report





Net Sales Orders
The following chart presents graphically the primary drivers of the year-over-year change in Net sales. The amounts presented in the bar graph are expressed in millions and Backlog - Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018
have been rounded.
chart-b2188e2173695a99bda.jpgchart-5706b90e0307527b9ed.jpgchart-94d5379a74545f17ae8.jpg
Consolidated netNet sales increased $186.0decreased $80.6 million to $2,567.2 million from $2,381.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019or 3.1% compared to the prior year fiscal year ended June 2, 2018.period. The following items contributed to the change:


Increase of approximately $96 million due to the acquisitions of HAY and naughtone.
Incremental list price increases, net of contract price discounting, of approximately $45 million.
Decreased sales volumes within the North America segment of approximately $141 million and decreased sales volumes within the International segment of approximately $72 million, both primarily due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and related facility shut-downs.
Foreign currency translation had a negative impact on net sales of approximately $8 million.

Increased sales volumes within the North America segment of approximately $74 million due to increased demand within the Company's core contract furniture business.
Increased sales volumes within the International segment of approximately $57 million, which were driven by broad-based growth across the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions.Gross Margin
Adoption of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 led to the reclassification of certain pricing elements from Net sales to Cost of sales, which resulted in an increase in Net sales of $40.5 million compared to the prior year in which revenueGross margin was recorded under previous accounting rules.
Increased sales volumes within the Retail segment of approximately $29 million, which were driven primarily by the introduction of HAY products and growth across the Company's DWR studio, e-commerce and contract channels.
Incremental list price increases, net of deeper contract price discounting, of approximately $5 million.
Foreign currency translation had a negative impact on net sales of approximately $16 million.

Consolidated net trade orders36.6% for fiscal 2019 totaled $2,614.9 million compared to $2,408.2 million in fiscal 2018, an increase of 8.6 percent. On an organic basis, which excludes the impact of the adoption of ASC 606, as well as foreign currency translation and dealer divestitures, orders increased by 7.7 percent from last fiscal year. The impact of the adoption of ASC 606 increased orders by $35.7 million in the current year and changes in foreign currency for the fiscal year increased orders by approximately $13.7 million2020 as compared to the prior year. Dealer divestitures had a $2.2 million unfavorable impact on current year orders.

The Company's backlog of unfilled orders at the end of fiscal 2019 totaled $394.2 million, a 12.4 percent increase from the fiscal 2018 ending backlog of $350.7 million.

(1) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.
Gross Margin - Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018
Consolidated gross margin was 36.2% for fiscal 2019 as compared to 36.7% for fiscal 2018.2019. The following factors summarize the major drivers of the year-over-year change in gross margin percentage:


Approximately 60 basis pointsIncremental list price increases, net of the year-over-year decrease incontract price discounting, increased gross margin related to the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606) at the beginning of fiscal 2019. This adoption requires recording certain product pricing elements as expenses within cost of goods sold that were previously classified on a netby approximately 120 basis within sales. This reclassification lowerspoints.
Ongoing profitability improvement efforts increased gross margin percentage but has no impact onby approximately 70 basis points.
Reduced production leverage due to lower manufacturing volume resulting from COVID-19-related facility shut-downs decreased gross margin dollars.by approximately 80 basis points.
Higher commodity costs and the impact of tariffs on Chinese imports drove an unfavorable impact of approximately 30 basis points relative to last fiscal year.
Highernet freight and storage costsexpenses within the Retail segment decreased gross margin by approximately 3050 basis points as comparedpoints.
Special charges related to last fiscal year.
Lower material costs within the North America segment, due primarily to reduced outsourcing,initial purchase accounting of HAY and lower costs within the International segment, due primarily to volume leverage andnaughtone combined with unfavorable product mix increasedassociated with the business acquisitions decreased gross margin by approximately 5020 basis points as compared to last fiscal year.points.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries28





Operating Expenses - Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018
chart-3d115d51abcd53d48d4.jpgThe following chart presents graphically the primary drivers of the year-over-year change in Operating expenses. The amounts presented in the bar graph are expressed in millions and have been rounded.

chart-5ab262939cab58709e1.jpg
Operating expenses increased by $32.3$222.7 million or 4.7% over30.7% compared to the prior year.year fiscal period. The following factors contributed to the change:


Non-cash charges of $205 million in the current year for the impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and right of use assets related to Design Within Reach, Maharam, HAY and naughtone.
The acquisition of HAY and naughtone increased Operating expenses by approximately $27 million.
Compensation and benefit costsRestructuring expenses increased by approximately $9$16 million, due mainlyprimarily related to employee headcountvoluntary and wage increases.involuntary reductions in the Company's North American and International workforces, partially offset by lower special charges.
Incremental spendLower marketing and selling expenses primarily within the North America Contract segment of approximately $5$16 million.
Lower design and research expenses of approximately $3 million.

Other Income/Expense
Other income/expense in the current year reflected a pre-tax gain of $36.2 million related to the marketing, e-commercepurchase accounting treatment of initial equity-method investments in naughtone and studios associated withHAY. The Company became the launchmajority owner of both naughtone and HAY in the HAY brandcurrent year and as a result was required to record certain fair value adjustments which resulted in North America.a non-taxable gain.
Higher information technology related expenses of approximately $4 million.
Restructuring and special charges, primarily related to facilities consolidation and costs associated with an early retirement program increased operating expenses by approximately $4 million.
Sales volume based costs, such as sales commissions and royalties, drove an increase in operating expenses of approximately $4 million.
Marketing expenses increased by roughly $3 million due primarily to the sales initiatives within the North America and Retail segments.
Incremental costs related to the continued growth and expansion of DWR retail studios increased operating expenses by approximately $2 million.
Depreciation expense increased by approximately $2 million and was driven primarily by investment in facilities and information technology systems.

Operating Earnings
Operating earnings in fiscal 2019 were $203.5 million, or 7.9% of sales, an increase of $24.6 million compared to fiscal 2018 operating earnings of $178.9 million, or 7.5% of sales.

Other Expenses and Income

Net other expenses for fiscal 2019 were $8.42020 of $11.2 million a decrease of $2.4 millionincreased compared to net other expenses in fiscal 2018 of $10.8 million. The decrease in net other expenses in fiscal 2019 was primarily theas a result of a gain related to an investment$2.1 million fair value adjustment.

Equity Earnings from Nonconsolidated Affiliates
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates for fiscal 2019 were $5.0 million, an increase of $2.0 million compared to Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates of $3.0 millionadjustment gain in fiscal 2018. This increase was driven by incremental earnings from the Company's investment in Naughtone and HAY.2019.




Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law in the United States. The effects of the Act included the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent and a new participation exemption system of taxation on foreign earnings, among other provisions.

Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 allowed the use of provisional amounts if accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act had not been completed by the time the company’s financial statements are issued. A measurement period was provided beginning December 22, 2017 and was not to last longer than one year. During the year ended June 1, 2019, the Company completed its accounting for all the effects of the Act and recorded adjustments to the provisional amounts primarily for the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and also an adjustment related to foreign tax credits to increase the income tax benefit from the Act by $1.0 million.

The Company's effective tax rate was 20.3 percent in fiscal 2019, and 25.2 percent in fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate in fiscal 2019 was below the United States statutory rate of 21 percent, primarily due to an increase in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions that have rates lower than the United States statutory rate and the research and development tax credit under the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes ("PATH") Act of 2015.

The effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 was below the statutory rate of 29.1 percent, primarily due to an increase in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions that have rates lower than the United States statutory rate, the manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“AJCA”) and the research and development tax credit under the PATH.

For further information regarding income taxes, refer toSee Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.Statements for additional information.


Net Earnings; Earnings per Share

In fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the Company generated net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc. of $160.5 millionand$128.1 million, respectively. Diluted earnings per share were $2.70 and $2.12 for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively.
292020 Annual Report






Reportable Operating Segments Results
The business is comprised of various operating segments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. These operating segments are determined on the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company's reportable The segments consisted of North American Furniture Solutions, ELA ("EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific") Furniture Solutions, Specialty and Consumer. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019,identified by the Company has revised its reportable segments to combine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The newly combined segment is called "North America Contract". There were no changes to the Company's ELA Furniture Solutions ("ELA") and Consumer segments, but each has been renamed. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, ELA is now named "International Contract" and Consumer is named "Retail". The Specialty segment (Maharam, Geiger, Nemschoff and the Herman Miller Collection) has been combined with theinclude North America Contract, International Contract, Retail and Corporate. For descriptions of each segment, under a common segment manager asrefer to Note 14 of the fourth quarter fiscal 2019. The change in operating segments reflect the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. Prior year results disclosed in the table below have been revised to reflect these changes. Accordingly, fiscal 2018 net sales and operating earnings for the Specialty segment of $305.4 million and $8.9 million, respectively, have been included within the results of the North America Contract reportable segment.Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company's operating segments can be further described as follows:

North America Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the Company's owned contract furniture dealers is also included in the North America Contract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff and Herman Miller Collection products.

International Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America and Asia-Pacific geographic regions.

Retail — Includes the operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and DWR and HAY studios.

Corporate — Consists primarily of unallocated expenses related to general corporate functions, including, but not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and acquisition-related costs.


The charts below present the relative mix of Net sales and Operating earnings across each of the Company's reportable segments. This is followed by a discussion of the Company's results, by reportable segment.
chart-d04de1a02f3f555ca53.jpgchart-1ef76211bd935f95b41.jpgchart-dc0536a0a6ed55bd865.jpgchart-abe26c5c05a851bf814.jpg

chart-5b4a60adf7165265b4d.jpgchart-3ae8c7849c10536490d.jpg


chart-19c664d3f17b5e2a932.jpgchart-d11d3cf9a2db5f7882e.jpg
Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries30



North America Contract ("North America")

 Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
(Dollars in millions)Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2019 Change
Net sales $1,686.5
 $1,589.8
 $96.7
$1,598.2
 $1,686.5
 $(88.3)
Gross margin 592.3
 565.5
 26.8
580.6
 592.3
 (11.7)
Gross margin % 35.1% 35.6% (0.5)%36.3% 35.1% 1.2 %
Operating earnings 189.7
 175.2
 14.5
130.9
 189.7
 (58.8)
Operating earnings % 11.2% 11.0% 0.2 %8.2% 11.2% (3.0)%


Net sales increased 6.1%decreased 5.2%, or 4.8%5.9%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:


IncreasedDecreased sales volumes within the North America segment of approximately $74$141 million, primarily due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and related facility shut-downs; offset by
Incremental list price increases, net of contract price discounting, of approximately $43 million; and
Approximately $12 million due to the acquisition and partial-year consolidation of naughtone.

Operating earnings decreased $58.8 million, or 31.0%, over the prior year due to:

Decreased gross margin of $11.7 million due to decreased sales volumes, partially offset by an increase in gross margin percentage of 120 basis points. The increase in gross margin percentage was due primarily to incremental list price increases, net of contract price discounting, partially offset by lower volume leverage due to the outbreak of COVID-19 described above; and
Increased operating expenses of $47.1 million driven primarily by non-cash charges of $43.2 million in the current year for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to Maharam, greater restructuring expenses in the current year of $11.0 million related to severance and outplacement benefits associated with workforce reductions implemented during the year, and greater special charges in the current year of $6.9 million related primarily to costs arising as a direct result of COVID-19. These increases were partially offset by lower marketing and selling expenses of approximately $16 million from the comparative period.

International Contract ("International")
(Dollars in millions)Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2019 Change
Net sales$502.8
 $492.2
 $10.6
Gross margin168.5
 166.9
 1.6
Gross margin %33.5% 33.9% (0.4)%
Operating earnings18.2
 57.8
 (39.6)
Operating earnings %3.6% 11.7% (8.1)%

Net sales increased demand2.2%, or 13.4%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:

Approximately $84 million due to the acquisition and partial-year consolidation of HAY and naughtone; offset by
Decreased sales volumes within the Company's core contract furniture business; and
The adoptionInternational segment of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 which ledapproximately $72 million, primarily due to the reclassificationoutbreak of $27.0 million of certain pricing elements from net sales to cost of sales; partially offset byCOVID-19 and related facility shut-downs; and
The impact of foreign currency translation which decreased sales by roughly $4approximately $7 million.


Operating earnings increased $14.5decreased $39.6 million, or 68.5%, or 8.3%compared to the prior year due to:

Increased operating expenses of $41.2 million driven primarily by non-cash charges of $23.2 million in the current year for the impairment of intangible assets related to HAY and naughtone and increased expenses of $21.6 million due to the acquisition and partial-year consolidation of HAY and naughtone; offset by
Increased gross margin of $1.6 million due mainly to the acquisition of HAY and naughtone offset by the decreased sales volumes due to COVID-19 as described above.


312020 Annual Report



Retail
(Dollars in millions)Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2019 Change
Net sales$385.6
 $388.5
 $(2.9)
Gross margin161.6
 170.7
 (9.1)
Gross margin %41.9 % 43.9% (2.0)%
Operating earnings(148.3) 5.3
 (153.6)
Operating earnings %(38.5)% 1.4% (39.9)%

Net sales decreased 0.7%, both on an as reported and organic(*) basis, over the prior year due to:primarily to lower freight revenue in the current year.


Operating earnings decreased $153.6 million over the prior year due to:

Increased operating expenses of $144.5 million driven primarily by non-cash charges of $139.0 million in the current year for the impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and right of use assets related to DWR; and
Decreased gross margin of $9.1 million and decreased gross margin percentage of 200 basis points due primarily to higher net freight and distribution expenses.

Corporate
Corporate unallocated expenses totaled $39.2 million for fiscal 2020, a decrease of $26.8$10.1 million duefrom fiscal 2019. The decrease was driven primarily by lower special charges related to increased sales volumes and decreased gross margin percentage of 50 basis points due mainly tothird-party consulting costs for the adoption of ASC 606 and higher commodity and tariff costs, partially offset byCompany's profit optimization initiatives, and improved material performance; partially offset by
Increased operating expenses of $12.3 million driven primarily by greater restructuring expensesas well as transition costs incurred in the currentprior year related to facilities consolidation and costs associated with an earlythe retirement program. Increases in compensation and benefit costs also contributed toof the increase in operating expenses from the comparative period.Company's previous CEO.


(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.




International Contract ("International")
  Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
Net sales $492.2
 $434.5
 $57.7
Gross margin 166.9
 144.2
 22.7
Gross margin % 33.9% 33.2% 0.7%
Operating earnings 57.8
 36.9
 20.9
Operating earnings % 11.7% 8.5% 3.2%

Net sales increased 13.3%, or 12.9%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:

Increased sales volumes within the International segment of approximately $57 million which were driven by broad-based growth across the Asia Pacific and Latin America regions; and
The adoption of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 which led to the reclassification of $13.5 million of certain pricing elements from net sales to cost of sales; partially offset by
The impact of foreign currency translation which decreased sales by roughly $12 million.

Operating earnings increased $20.9 million, or 56.6%, over the prior year due to:

Increased gross margin of $22.7 million due mainly to increased sales volumes; and
Increased gross margin of 70 basis points due mainly to lower overhead costs associated with the benefit from recent restructuring activities in China and lower material costs, driven primarily by volume leverage and product mix; partially offset by
Decreases to gross margin due to deeper discounting and the adoption of ASC 606.

Retail
  Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
Net sales $388.5
 $356.9
 $31.6
Gross margin 170.7
 163.3
 7.4
Gross margin % 43.9% 45.8% (1.9)%
Operating earnings 5.3
 13.9
 (8.6)
Operating earnings % 1.4% 3.9% (2.5)%

Net sales increased 8.9%, or 10.5%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:

Increased sales volumes within the Retail segment of approximately $29 million which were driven primarily by the introduction of HAY products and growth across the Company's DWR studio, e-commerce, and contract channels; and
Incremental list price increases, net of deeper discounting, which increased net sales by approximately $4 million.

Operating earnings decreased $8.6 million, or 61.9%, over the prior year due to:

Increased operating expenses of $16.0 million due to incremental marketing, compensation and depreciation expenses that were driven mainly by growth in the segment, new studios and the launch of the HAY brand in North America; offset by
Increased gross margin of $7.4 million on higher sales volumes but decreased gross margin percentage of 190 basis points due mainly to lower shipping revenue, higher freight and storage costs and a shift in product mix, partially offset by profit optimization initiatives.

Corporate
Corporate unallocated expenses totaled $49.3 million for fiscal 2019, an increase of $2.2 million from fiscal 2018. The increase was driven mainly by increased legal and information technology expenses.

(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.



Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below presents certain keysummarizes the net change in cash flow and capital highlightscash equivalents for the fiscal years indicated.
 Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions)2019 2018
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$159.2
 $203.9
Marketable securities, end of period$8.8
 $8.6
Cash provided by operating activities$216.4
 $166.5
Cash used in investing activities$(165.0) $(62.7)
Cash (used in) provided by financing Activities$(91.9) $2.5
Pension contributions$(0.9) $(13.4)
Capital expenditures$(85.8) $(70.6)
Common stock repurchased$(47.9) $(46.5)
Long-term debt, end of period$281.9
 $275.0
Available unsecured credit facilities, end of period (1)
$165.0
 $166.8
 Fiscal Year Ended
(In millions)2020 2019
Cash provided by (used in):   
Operating activities$221.8
 $216.4
Investing activities$(168.1) $(165.0)
Financing activities$244.0
 $(91.9)
Effect of exchange rate changes$(2.9) $(4.2)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$294.8
 $(44.7)
(1) Amounts shown are net of outstanding letters of credit, which are applied against the Company's unsecured credit facility.


Cash Flow — Operating Activities
Cash generated fromprovided by operating activities in fiscal 2019 totaled $216.4 million compared2020 was comparable to $166.5 million generated in the prior year.

Changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2019 resulted in a $34.1 million useyear and included non-cash impacts of cash compared to a $32.8 million use of cash in the prior fiscal year. The cash outflow related to changes in working capital balances was driven primarily by an increase in inventory of $31.9 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $24.8 million. The increase in inventory as of the end of fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018 was due mainly to growth in demand at DWR, the build out of inventory in the International segment to fulfill demand,impairment charges, restructuring expense and the launchgain on the consolidation of the HAY brand in North America. The increase in accounts receivable was driven by the timing of customer payments and shipments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. These cash outflows were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $0.5 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $22.7 million. This increase in accrued liabilities is primarily related to an increase in accrued compensation related to the early retirement program instituted in fiscal 2019 and an increase in other accruals.equity method investments.

In addition to changes in working capital, changes in pension contributions also impacted cash generated from operating activities. The Company decreased pension contributions by $12.5 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018.
The Company believes its recorded accounts receivable allowances at the end of the year are adequate to cover the risk of potential bad debts. Allowances for non-collectible accounts receivable, as a percent of gross accounts receivable, totaled 1.4 percent and 1.3 percent, at the end of fiscal years 2019 and 2018 respectively.


Cash Flow — Investing Activities
Capital expendituresCash used in investing activities in fiscal 2020 totaled $85.8$168.1 millionand$70.6 compared to $165.0 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018 respectively.the prior year. The increase in capital expenditures of $15.2 million from fiscal 2018cash outflow in the current year, compared to fiscal 2019the prior year, was driven primarily by an increase in expenditures related to manufacturing assets in West Michigan and Design Within Reach studio build outs.

Cash proceeds from sales of dealers and properties were $0.5 million and $2.1 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018 respectively. Cash proceeds received in fiscal 2019 were primarily due to the disposal of property plantto:

Current year cash outflows of $111.2 million for the additional investments in naughtone and HAY compared to prior year cash outflows of $73.6 million for equity investments in HAY and Maars, and $4.8 million for the purchase of the HAY licensing agreement; offset by
A decrease in capital expenditures of $16.8 million due to reduced spending as a result of COVID-19.


Herman Miller, Inc. and equipment in the International Contract segment. Cash proceeds received in fiscal 2018 was primarily attributable to the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Vancouver, Canada for initial cash consideration of $2.0 million.Subsidiaries32

Included in the fiscal 2019 and 2018 investing activities are net cash outflows related to equity investments in non-consolidated entities. The following amounts represent the primary investments that drove the cash outflows:


(In millions)2019 2018
Maars Holding, B.V$6.1
 $
HAY A/S*$65.5
 $
Naughtone Holdings Limited$2.0
 $
Total Cash Outflow$73.6
 $

* Formerly known as Nine United Denmark A/S




Outstanding commitments for future capital purchases atAt the end of the fiscal 20192020, there were approximately $34.7outstanding commitments for capital purchases of $39.8 million. The Company plans to fund these commitments with cash on hand and/or cash generated from operations. The Company expects capital spending in fiscal 20202021 to be between $105$50 million and $115 million. The capital spending$60 million, which will be allocated primarily related to planned investments in manufacturing assetsthe Company's facilities and retail studio openings.equipment.

The Company's net marketable securities transactions for fiscal 2019 yielded a $0.2 million cash outflow. This compares to a zero use of cash in fiscal 2018.


Cash Flow — Financing Activities
Cash used forprovided by financing activities was $244.0 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to cash used in financing activities of $91.9 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to2019. The items below represent the major factors driving the year-over-year increase in cash flow provided by financing activities of $2.5 million in fiscal 2018. During fiscal 2018, the Company borrowed $225.0 million on its revolving line of credit and of these proceeds, $150.0 million was used to repay its Series B Notes. There were no such borrowings in fiscal 2019.activities:


During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 the Company borrowed an additional $50.0 million under its existing Private Shelf Agreement and received proceeds from a draw-down on its syndicated credit facility of $265.0 million;
Lower dividends paid of $36.4 million in the current year compared to $45.6 million in the prior year due to the deferral of the third quarter fiscal 2020 dividend payment; and
Lower common stock repurchased of $26.6 million in the current year compared to $47.9 million in the prior year; offset by
The purchase of the remaining Herman Miller Consumer Holdings, Inc. redeemable noncontrolling interests in the current year for $20.3 million as described in Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, compared to purchases of $10.1 million in the prior year.
Cash paid for repurchases of common stock was $47.9 million in the current year as compared to $46.5 million in the prior year. Additionally, in fiscal 2019 there was a decrease in cash inflows from the issuance of shares related to stock-based compensation plans. The Company received $12.3 million related to stock-based compensation plans in fiscal 2019 compared to $17.0 million in fiscal 2018.

Cash outflows for dividend payments were $45.6 million and $42.4 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018 respectively.

The Company is the controlling owner of a subsidiary in which there are redeemable noncontrolling equity interests outstanding. Certain minority shareholders in this subsidiary have the right, at certain times, to require the subsidiary to acquire a portion of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. During fiscal 2019, these minority shareholders exercised certain of these options to require the Company's subsidiary to purchase $10.1 million of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interests. By comparison, options exercised by the minority shareholders in fiscal 2018 resulted in purchases totaling $1.0 million. The subsidiary also has an option to acquire a portion of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at fair market value. On July 23, 2019, the subsidiary exercised an option that allowed it to acquire approximately $12.6 million of the remaining $20.6 million of the redeemable noncontrolling equity interests.

The Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Company to purchase an additional 33% of the equity in HAY at fair market value. These options may be exercised during a period commencing from the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and annually thereafter.  


Sources of Liquidity
In addition to steps taken to protect its workforce and manage business operations, the Company has taken actions to safeguard its capital position in the current environment. The Company is closely managing spending levels, capital investments, and working capital, and has temporarily suspended share repurchase activity as part of managing cash flows. In addition, the Company's Board of Directors has temporarily suspended all future dividends. For more information on current cost reductions, refer to the COVID-19 Update section within Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

At the end of fiscal 2020, the Company had a well-positioned balance sheet and liquidity profile. In addition to cash flows from operating activities, the Company has access to liquidity through credit facilities, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. These sources have been summarized below. For additional information, seerefer to Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.Consolidated Financial Statements.
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Cash and cash equivalents$159.2
 $203.9
$454.0
 $159.2
Marketable securities$8.8
 $8.6
$7.0
 $8.8
Availability under revolving lines of credit$165.0
 $166.8
$0.6
 $165.0
AtOf the cash and cash equivalents noted above at the end of fiscal 2019,2020, the Company had $106.8 million of cash and cash equivalents of $159.2 million, including foreign cash and cash equivalents of $87.9 million.held outside the United States. In addition, the Company had foreign marketable securities of $8.8$7.0 million held by one of its international wholly-owned subsidiaries.

The Company’s syndicated revolving line of credit, which expires on August 28, 2024, provides the Company with up to $500 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an "accordion feature" allowing the Company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by up to $250 million. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, LIBOR or negotiated rates as outlined in the agreement. Interest is payable periodically throughout the period if borrowings are outstanding.

As of May 30, 2020, the total debt outstanding related to borrowings under the syndicated revolving line of credit was $490.0 million with available borrowings against this facility of $0.6 million. Subsequent to the end of the fiscal 2020, the Company repaid borrowings of $265 million under the syndicated revolving line of credit.


332020 Annual Report



The foreign subsidiary holding the Company's marketable securities is taxed as a U.S.United States taxpayer at the Company's election. Consequently, for tax purposes, all U.S.United States tax impacts for this subsidiary have been recorded. Historically,The Company intends to repatriate $29 million in cash held in certain foreign jurisdictions and as such has recorded a deferred tax liability related to foreign withholding taxes on these future dividends received in the Company’s intentU.S. from foreign subsidiaries of $1.8 million. A significant portion of this cash was to permanently reinvestpreviously taxed under the remainder of the cash outside the United States. However, theU.S. Tax CutsCut and Jobs Act (the “Act”), enacted(TCJA) one-time U.S. tax liability on December 22, 2017, assesses a one-time tax on deferredundistributed foreign income upon transition to a participation exemption system of taxation.earnings. The Company is considering the impact of the Act and the one-time transition tax on its foreign earnings which are invested in liquidable assets. As a result, the Company may repatriate certain amountsintends to remain indefinitely reinvested in the future and is assessingremaining undistributed earnings outside the amount of cash that will remain permanently reinvested.U.S.


The Company believes cashthat its financial resources will allow it to manage the impact of COVID-19 on hand, cash generated fromthe Company's business operations and borrowing capacity will provide adequate liquidity to fund near term andfor the foreseeable future business operations, capital needs,which could include materially reduced revenue and profits for the Company. The Company will continue to evaluate its financial position in light of future dividends and share repurchases, subjectdevelopments, particularly those relating to financing availability in the marketplace.COVID-19.




Contingencies
The Company is involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information relating to contingencies.


Basis of Presentation
The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal years ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018 contained 52 weeks, while the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017 contained 53 weeks.


Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations associated with our ongoing business and financing activities will result in cash payments in future periods. The following table summarizes the amounts and estimated timing of these future cash payments. Further information regarding debt obligations can be found in Note 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additional information related to operating leases can be found in Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Payments due by fiscal yearPayments due by fiscal year
(In millions)Total 2020 2021-2022 2023-2024 ThereafterTotal 2021 2022-2023 2024-2025 Thereafter
Long-term debt (1)
$275.0
 $
 $275.0
 $
 $
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt (1)
$591.4
 $51.4
 $
 $490.0
 $50.0
Estimated interest on debt obligations (1)
73.1
 11.8
 19.9
 17.5
 23.9
75.4
 9.1
 16.7
 16.7
 32.9
Operating leases(2)315.8
 51.7
 89.7
 72.5
 101.9
270.4
 48.5
 85.0
 65.0
 71.9
Purchase obligations (2)(3)
73.5
 69.6
 3.9
 
 
79.8
 77.2
 2.6
 
 
Pension and other post employment benefit plans funding (3)(4)
0.9
 0.4
 0.1
 0.1
 0.3
5.4
 4.9
 0.1
 0.1
 0.3
Stockholder dividends (4)(5)
11.6
 11.6
 
 
 
12.3
 12.3
 
 
 
Other (5)(6)
15.3
 5.4
 2.3
 1.9
 5.7
11.7
 3.1
 2.0
 1.6
 5.0
Total$765.2
 $150.5
 $390.9
 $92.0
 $131.8
$1,046.4
 $206.5
 $106.4
 $573.4
 $160.1
(1) Includes the current portion of long-term debt. Contractual cash payments on long-term debt obligations are disclosed herein based on the maturity date of the underlying debt. Estimated future interest payments on our outstanding interest-bearing debt obligations are based on interest rates as of June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. Actual cash outflows may differ significantly due to changes in interest rates.
(2) Lease payments exclude $30.6 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced, primarily related to a new Chicago showroom expected to open in fiscal 2021.
(3) Purchase obligations consist of non-cancelable purchase orders and commitments for goods, services, and capital assets.
(3)(4) Pension plan funding commitments are known for a 12-month period for those plans that are funded; unfunded pension and post-retirement plan funding amounts are equal to the estimated benefit payments. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the total projected benefit obligation for our domestic and international employee pension benefit plans was $110.1$127.5 million.
(4)(5) Represents the dividend payable as of June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. Future dividend payments are not considered contractual obligations until declared.
(5)(6) Other contractual obligations primarily represent long-term commitments related to deferred and supplemental employee compensation benefits, and other post-employment benefits.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries34



Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements — Guarantees

We provide certain guarantees to third parties under various arrangements in the form of product warranties, loan guarantees, standby letters of credit, lease guarantees, performance bonds and indemnification provisions. These arrangements are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 460, "Guarantees""Guarantees" as described in Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.




Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our goal is to report financial results clearly and understandably. We follow accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, which require us to make certain estimates and apply judgments that affect our financial position and results of operations. We continually review our accounting policies and financial information disclosures. These policies and disclosures are reviewed at least annually with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Following is a summary of our more significant accounting policies that require the use of estimates and judgments in preparing the financial statements.


Revenue RecognitionBusiness Combinations
MostWe allocate the fair value of our productspurchase consideration to tangible and services are sold through one of six channels: independentintangible assets acquired and owned contract furniture dealers, direct contract sales, retail studios, e-commerce, direct-mail catalogs, and independent retailers. The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations,liabilities assumed based on the terms of customer contracts, are satisfied. This happens when control of goods and services based on the contract have been conveyed to the customer. Revenue for the sale of products is typically recognized at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. Revenue for services, including the installation of products by the Company's owned dealers, is recognized over time as the services are provided.their estimated fair values. The method of revenue recognition may vary, depending on the type of contract with the customer.

The Company's contracts with customers include master agreements and certain other forms of contracts, which do not reach the level of a performance obligation until a purchase order is received from a customer. At the point in time that a purchase order under a contract is received by the Company, the collective group of documents represent an enforceable contract between the Company and the customer. While certain customer contracts may have a duration of greater than a year, all purchase orders are less than a year in duration.

Variable consideration exists within certain contracts that the Company has with customers. When variable consideration is present in a contract with a customer, the Company estimates the amount that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on the natureexcess of the variable consideration.fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is allocated to goodwill. The allocation of the purchase consideration requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are primarilyreviewed with our advisors and can include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows related to rebate programsacquired customer relationships, trademarks and know-how/designs and require estimation of discount rates and royalty rates. Our estimates of fair value are based upon reasonable assumptions but which involve estimating future sales amountsare inherently uncertain and rebate percentagesunpredictable, and as a result, actual results may differ from these estimates. During the measurement period, which is up to use inone year from the determination of transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Adjustments to Net sales from changes in variable consideration related to performance obligations completed in previous periods are not materialacquisition date, we may record adjustments to the Company's financial statements. Also,assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the Company hascorresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings. During 2020, management considered the acquisition of HAY a material acquisition. There were no contracts with significant financing components.

Receivable Allowances
We base our allowances for receivables on known customer exposures, historical credit experience and the specific identification of other potential problems, including the current economic climate. These methods are applied to all major receivables, including trade, lease, and notes receivable. In addition, we follow a policy that consistently applies reserve rates based on the outstanding accounts receivable and historical experience. Actual collections can differ from our historical experience and if economic or business conditions deteriorate significantly, adjustments to these reserves may be required.

The accounts receivable allowance totaled $3.5 million and $2.9 million at June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively. As a percentage of gross accounts receivable, these allowances totaled 1.4 percent and 1.3 percent for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. The year-over-year increase in the allowance is primarily due to increased general and customer-specific reserves in the current year, relativematerial acquisitions. See Note 3 to the prior year.Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.


Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangibles
The carrying value ofWe perform our annual impairment assessment for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, was $381.9 million and $382.2 million, respectively. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually,March 31 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate an impairment maybe possible. We may consider qualitative factors to assess if it is more likely than not that the fair value for goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets is below the occurrencecarrying amount. We may also elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative assessment.

In connection with the preparation of events suggest thatfiscal 2020 annual impairment exists. assessment, we identified indicators of goodwill impairment for our Retail and Maharam reporting units and tradenames. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We elected to bypass the qualitative assessment for all reporting units and tradenames.

To complete the impairment assessment the Company makes estimates about fair value by using the income approach. The income approach is based on projected discounted cash flows using a market participant discount rate. We corroborate this fair value through a market capitalization reconciliation to determine if the implied control premium is reasonable based on qualitative considerations, such as recent market transactions.

The Company performsbelieves its assumptions for assessing the annualimpairment of its long-lived assets, goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names are reasonable, but future changes in the underlying assumptions could occur due to the inherent uncertainty in making such estimates. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic has created significant uncertainty in the macroeconomic and business outlook.


352020 Annual Report



Further declines in the Company’s operating results due to challenging economic conditions, an unfavorable industry or macroeconomic development or other adverse changes in market conditions could change one of the key assumptions the Company uses to calculate the fair value of its long-lived assets, goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names, which could result in a further decline in fair value and require the Company to record an additional impairment charge in future periods.

Impairment Assessments of Goodwill, Indefinite-lived Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets
During 2020, the Company recognized impairment charges related to goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testingand long-lived assets. The table below provides information related to the impairments recognized during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. These charges are included in "Impairment charges" within the fiscal year.Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

(In millions)Impairment Charge
Goodwill$125.5
Indefinite-lived intangible assets53.3
Customer relationship intangible assets7.0
Right of use assets and other long-lived assets19.6
Total$205.4

Goodwill
Certain business acquisitions have resulted in the recording of goodwill. At May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, we had goodwill of $346.0 million and $303.8 million, respectively.     

We perform our annual impairment assessment for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of March 31 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. We may consider qualitative factors to assess if it is more likely than not that the fair value for goodwill is below the carrying amount, however, we may also elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative assessment. Each of the reporting units were reviewed for impairment using a quantitative assessment.

The Company completedadopted and applied ASU No. 2017-04, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the requiredTest for Goodwill Impairment" using the prospective method in fiscal 2020. Refer to Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the adoption of ASU No. 2017-04.

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit when performing quantitative testing, the Company utilizes a weighting of the income method and the market method. The income method is based on a discounted future cash flow analysis that uses several inputs, including:
actual and forecasted revenue growth rates and operating margins, and
discount rates based on the reporting unit's weighted average cost of capital.

The Company corroborates the reasonableness of the inputs and outcomes of our discounted cash flow analysis through a market capitalization reconciliation to determine whether the implied control premium is reasonable.

As a result of the 2020 annual goodwill impairment test, the Company recognized a total non-cash charge of $125.5 million in its Retail and Maharam reporting units, which reduced these reporting unit’s goodwill to zero. The goodwill impairment charges were primarily caused by reduced sales and profitability projections, largely attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic disruption that the Company began to experience in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, as2020. Additionally, our annual quantitative assessment resulted in the fair values of March 31, 2019, performing a quantitativethe North America and qualitative impairment test for all goodwillInternational Contract reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets. For the reporting units that the Company elected to test qualitatively, as is permitted under ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, the Company concluded it to be more likely than not that their estimated fair values are greater thanexceeding their respective carrying values.values (the "cushion") by the amounts summarized in the table below.
In performing
Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries36



(In millions)       
Reporting UnitSegment
Carrying Value(1)
Fair ValueDifferenceCushionGoodwill on Measurement DateImpairment Charge
North AmericaNorth America Contract$317.7
$951.0
$633.3
199%$182.6
$
InternationalInternational Contract359.0
421.5
62.5
17%167.5

RetailRetail213.6
122.4
(91.2)N/A
88.8
88.8
Maharam(2)
North America Contract86.0
57.9
(28.1)N/A
36.7
36.7
Total $976.3
$1,552.8
$576.5
 $475.6
$125.5
(1) Carrying value inclusive of impairment charges for long-lived assets and indefinite lived trade names.
(2) As a result of the quantitative impairment test, the Company determined thatperformed the simultaneous equation to determine the impact on its deferred tax liability, which resulted in a full impairment of the reporting unit's goodwill.

Generally, changes in estimates of expected future cash flows would have a similar effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting units exceededunit. For example, a 1.0% decrease in estimated annual future cash flows would decrease the carrying amount and, as such, the reporting units were not impaired and the second step of the impairment test was not necessary.



The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions. The carrying value of the Company's Retail reporting unit was $249.9 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculatedestimated fair value of the reporting unit was $282.6 million, which represents an excess fair value of $32.7 million or 13%by approximately 1.0%. Due toThe estimated long-term growth rate can have a significant impact on the level that the reporting unit fair values exceeded the carrying amounts and the results of the sensitivity analysis, the Company may need to record an impairment charge if the operating results of its Retail reporting unit were to decline in future periods.

The test for impairment requires the Company to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projectedestimated future cash flows, and market valuation multiples. We estimatedtherefore, the fair value of each reporting unit. Of the other key assumptions that impact the estimated fair values, most reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis and reconciledhave the sum of the fair values of the reporting units to total market capitalization of the Company, plus a control premium. The control premium represents an estimate associated with obtaining control of the Company in an acquisition. The discounted cash flow analysis used the present value of projected cash flows and a residual value.

The Company employs a market-based approach in selecting the discount rates used in our analysis. The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the Company believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size to the Company's reporting units. The Company believes the discount rates selected in the quantitative assessment are appropriate in that, in all cases, they meet or exceed the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitivegreatest sensitivity to changes in the estimated discount rate. In completing the annual goodwill impairment test, the respective fair values were estimated using discount rates ranging from 10.25% to 14.0% and long-term growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%.

The Company evaluated the sensitivity of changes in projected growth rate, discount rates and changeslong-term growth rates for the reporting units with goodwill remaining as of May 30, 2020. Reducing the International Contract reporting unit's projected revenue rate by 5% in all years, and leaving all other assumptions static, would decrease its cushion to approximately 14%. Additionally if the Company combined a 100 basis point increase in discount rate and a 100 basis point decline in the discountlong-term growth rate, mayleaving all other assumptions static, it would not result in future impairment.an impairment charge in either the North America Contract or International reporting units.


In fiscal 2019, the Company performed only quantitative assessments in testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The quantitative impairment test is based on the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, which is both a market-based approach and an income-based approach. The relief from royalty method focuses on the level of royalty payments that the user of an intangible asset would have to pay a third party for the use of the asset if it were not owned by the user. This method involves estimating theoretical future after tax royalty payments based on the Company's forecasted revenues attributable to the trade names. These payments are then discounted to present value utilizing a discount rate that considers the after-corporate tax required rate of return applicable to the asset. The projected revenues reflect the best estimate of management for the trade names; however, actual revenues could differ from our estimates.

The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the Company believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size and type to the indefinite-lived intangible asset being tested. The Company believes the discount rates selected are appropriate in that, in all cases, they exceedIf the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitive to changes in the discount rates and changes in the discount rate may result in future impairment. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions.

The carrying value of the Company's DWR trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was $55.1 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair value of the reporting unit was $63.2 million which represents an excess fair value of $8.1 million or 14.6%. If the residual cash flows related to the Company's DWR trade nameInternational Contract segment were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an impairment charge.


During fiscal 2017,Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Certain business acquisitions have resulted in the Company recognized pre-tax asset impairment expenses totaling $7.1 million associated with the Nemschoffrecording of trade name, after which there is no remaining carrying value for this trade name. This impairment expense was incurred due to the fact that the forecasted revenue and profitability of the business did not support the recorded fair value for the trade name. There was no impairment indicated onnames as indefinite-lived intangible assets, inwhich are not amortized. At May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, we had trade name assets with a carrying value of $92.8 million and $78.1 million, respectively.

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets for impairment annually. The Company also tests for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying amount. An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds the estimated fair value on the measurement date. During fiscal 2019 or fiscal 20182020, the Company adjusted the carrying value of all its tradenames to fair value, and as a result recognized $53.3 million in non-cash impairment charges on its indefinite-lived trade names.

In fiscal 2020, the Company performed only quantitative assessments in testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. In performing this assessment, we estimate the fair value of these intangible assets using the relief-from-royalty method which requires assumptions related to:
actual and forecasted revenue growth rates,
assumed royalty rates that could be payable if we did not own the trademark, and
a market participant discount rate based on a weighted-average cost of capital.

The assumptions above reflect management’s best estimate; however, actual results could differ from our estimates. If the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value, we would recognize an impairment testing.charge.



372020 Annual Report



In the tables below, the Company has summarized the carrying values, fair values and the key assumptions used for each of the Company’s indefinite-lived trade names:
(In millions)    
Trade nameSegmentCarrying ValueFair ValueImpairment Charge
MaharamNorth America Contract$23.0
$16.5
$(6.5)
DWRRetail55.1
31.5
(23.6)
HAYInternational Contract60.0
39.3
(20.7)
naughtoneInternational Contract8.5
6.0
(2.5)
Total $146.6
$93.3
$(53.3)

In completing our annual indefinite-lived trade name impairment test, the respective fair values were estimated using discount rates ranging from 12.75% to 17.25%, royalty rates ranging from 1.00% to 3.00% and long-term growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%. The Company’s estimates of the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets are sensitive to changes in the key assumptions above as well as projected financial performance. Therefore, a sensitivity analysis was performed on certain key assumptions.

Keeping all other assumptions constant, a 5% decrease in forecasted revenue growth rates at May 30, 2020 would have the following effects on the fair value of each trade name:
(In millions)  
Trade nameSegment5% Decrease
MaharamNorth America Contract$(0.8)
DWRRetail$(1.6)
HAYInternational Contract$(2.0)
naughtoneInternational Contract$(0.3)

Keeping all other assumptions constant, a 100 basis point change in the discount rate at May 30, 2020 would have the following effects on the fair value of each trade name:
(In millions)   
Trade nameSegment100 bps Increase100 bps Decrease
MaharamNorth America Contract$(0.9)$2.1
DWRRetail$(3.0)$3.7
HAYInternational Contract$(3.9)$4.1
naughtoneInternational Contract$(0.5)$0.5

Keeping all other assumptions constant, a 25 basis point change in the royalty rate at May 30, 2020 would have the following effects on the fair value of each trade name:
(In millions)   
Trade nameSegment25 bps Increase25 bps Decrease
MaharamNorth America Contract$2.1
$(2.1)
DWRRetail$7.9
$(7.9)
HAYInternational Contract$3.4
$(4.3)
naughtoneInternational Contract$0.8
$(0.8)

Keeping all other assumptions constant, a 50 basis point change in the long-term growth rate at May 30, 2020 would have the following effects on the fair value of each trade name(1):
(In millions)   
Trade nameSegment50 bps Increase50 bps Decrease
MaharamNorth America Contract$0.5
$(0.5)
DWRRetail$0.9
$(0.8)
HAYInternational Contract$1.0
$(0.9)
(1) Change in the fair value of the naughtone trade name from sensitizing growth rate was not meaningful.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries38



If the estimated cash flows related to the Company's indefinite-lived intangibles were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an impairment charge.

Long-lived Assets
The Company evaluates other long-livedreviews the carrying value of long–lived assets and acquired business units for indicators of impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment riskthe carrying amount of assets may not be present. The judgments regardingrecoverable. If such indicators are present, the existence of impairmentfuture undiscounted cash flows attributable to the asset group are based on market conditions, operational performance, and estimated future cash flows. Ifcompared to the carrying value of the asset or asset group. Given the substantial reduction in forecasted revenue growth and cash flows due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company determined that a long-lived asset is considered impaired,triggering event occurred in the fourth quarter of 2020 and an impairment charge is recorded to adjust the asset to its estimated fair value.

Warranty Reserves
The Company stands behind Company products and the promises it makes to customers. From time to time, quality issues arise resulting in the need to incur costs to correct problems with products or services. The Company has established warranty reserves for the various costs associated with these obligations. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and periodically adjusted for business levels. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified. The valuation of such reserves is based on the estimated costs to correct the problem. Actual costs may vary and may result in an adjustment to these reserves.



Inventory Reserves
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The inventories at our West Michigan manufacturing operations are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, whereas inventories of certain other subsidiaries are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or market may be adjusted in response to changing conditions.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. The assumptions about future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses.

See Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company's uncertain tax positions.

The Company has net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future taxable income. The Company also has tax credits available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future tax due. Future tax benefits for NOL carryforwards and tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. This determination is based on the expectation that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies available to us.

Self-Insurance Reserves
With the assistance of independent actuaries, reserves are established for workers' compensation and general liability exposures. The reserves are established based on expected future claims for incurred losses. The Company also establishes reserves for health, prescription drugs and dental benefit exposures based on historical claims information along with certain assumptions about future trends. The methods and assumptions used to determine the liabilities are applied consistently, although, actual claims experience can vary. The Company also maintains insurance coverageassessment was warranted for certain risk exposures through traditional, premium-based insurance policies. The Company's health benefit and auto liability retention levels do not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The Company's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of June 1, 2019, are as follows:
(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability $1.00
Auto liability $1.00
Workers' compensation $0.75
Health benefit $0.50

Pension and other Post-Retirement Benefits
The determination of the obligation and expense for pension and other post-retirement benefits depends on certain actuarial assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. We determine these assumptions as follows.

Discount Rate — This assumption is established at the end of the fiscal year based on high-quality corporate bond yields. The Company utilizes the services of an independent actuarial firm to assist in determining the rate. Future expected actuarially determined cash flows for the Company's domestic pension, international pension and post-retirement medical plans are individually discounted at the spot rates under the Mercer Yield Curve to arrive at the plan’s obligations as of the measurement date.

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return The Company bases this assumption on our long-term assumed rates of return for equities and fixed income securities, weighted by the allocation of the invested assets of the pension plan. The Company considers likely returns and risk factors specific to the various classes of investments and advice from independent actuaries in establishing this rate. Changes in the investment allocation of plan assets would impact this assumption. A shift to a higher relative percentage of fixed income securities, for example, would result in a lower assumed rate.

While the above assumption represents the long-term market return expectation, actual asset returns can and do differ from year-to-year. Such differences give rise to actuarial gains and losses. In years where actual market returns are lower than the assumed rate, an actuarial loss is generated. Conversely, an actuarial gain results when actual market returns exceed the assumed rate in a given year.



Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have a significant effect on the expense and obligations related to our pension plans. The Company cannot reasonably predict if adjustments impacting the expense or obligation from changes in these estimates will be significant. Both the June 1, 2019 pension funded status and fiscal 2020 expense are affected by year end fiscal 2019 discount rate and expected return on assets assumptions. Any change to these assumptions will be specific to the time periods noted and may not be additive, so the impact of changing multiple factors simultaneously cannot be calculated by combining the individual sensitivities shown. 

As of June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, the net actuarial loss associated with the employee pension and post-retirement benefit plans totaled approximately $48 million and $40 million, respectively.

The effect of a 1 percent increase/(decrease) in discount rates and expected return on assets on the projected fiscal 2020 expense and the pension obligation as at June 1, 2019 is shown below:
(In millions)
Assumption2020 ExpenseJune 1, 2019 Obligation
U.S.InternationalU.S.International
Discount rate
$(1.4) / 1.6$(0.3) / 0.3$(19.6) / 25.8
Expected return on assets
$(1.0) / 1.0


For purposes of determining annual net pension expense,groups. Accordingly, the Company uses a calculated method for determining the market-related value of plan assets. Under this method, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of plan assets systematically over a five-year period. Accordingly, a portion of the net actuarial loss is deferred. As of June 1, 2019, the deferred net actuarial loss (i.e., the portion of the total net actuarial loss not subject to amortization) was $3.2 million.

Refer to Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding costs and assumptions used for employee benefit plans.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company views stock-based compensation as a key component of total compensation for certain employees, non-employee directors and officers. The stock-based compensation programs have included grants of stock options, restricted stock units, performance share units, and employee stock purchases. The Company recognizes expense related to each of these share-based arrangements. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used in estimating the fair value of stock options issued in connection with compensation programs. This pricing model requires the use of several input assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the expected volatility of the common stock price and the expected timing of future stock option exercises.

Expected Volatility — This represents a measure, expressed as a percentage, of the expected fluctuation in the market price of the Company's common stock. As a point of reference, a high volatility percentage would assume a wider expected range of market returns for a particular security. All other assumptions held constant, this would yield a higher stock option valuation than a calculation using a lower measure of volatility. In measuringcompared the fair value of the majorityasset groups to the carrying value of stock options issued during fiscal 2019, we utilized an expected volatilitythe asset groups. Based on this assessment, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of 27 percent.
$26.6 million, primarily related to its right-of-use assets and definite-lived customer relationship intangible assets within the DWR asset group.


Expected Term of Options — This assumption represents the expected length of time between the grant date of a stock option and the date at which it is exercised (option life). The Company assumed an average expected termbelieves its assumptions for assessing the impairment of 4.4 years in calculating the fair values of the majority of stock options issued during fiscal 2019.

Refer to Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussionits long-lived assets, goodwill and indefinite-lived trade names are reasonable, but if actual results are not consistent with management's estimates and assumptions, a material impairment charge could occur, which could have a material adverse effect on our stock-based compensation plans.consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the Company encounters matters that raise the potential for contingent liabilities. In evaluating these matters for accounting treatment and disclosure, the Company is required to apply judgment to determine the probability that a liability has been incurred. The Company is also required to measure, if possible, the dollar value of such liabilities in determining whether or not recognition in our financial statements is required. This process involves the use of estimates which may differ from actual outcomes. Refer to Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information relating to contingencies.


New Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to new accounting standards.




Forward Looking Statements
This information contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, that are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates, and projections about the office furniture industry, the economy, and the Company itself. Words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “confident,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” likely,"likely,” “plans,” “projects,” and “should,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify such forward-looking statements. These statements do not guarantee future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood, and degree of occurrence. These risks include, without limitation, the success of our growth strategy, our success in initiatives aimed at achieving long-term profit optimization goals, employment and general economic conditions, the pace of economic recovery in the U.SU.S. and in our International markets, the increase in white-collar employment, the willingness of customers to undertake capital expenditures, the types of products purchased by customers, competitive-pricing pressures, the availability and pricing of raw materials, our reliance on a limited number of suppliers, our ability to expand globally given the risks associated with regulatory and legal compliance challenges and accompanying currency fluctuations, changes in future tax legislation or interpretation of current tax legislation, the ability to increase prices to absorb the additional costs of raw materials, changes in global tariff regulations, the financial strength of our dealers and the financial strength of our customers, our ability to locate new retail studios, negotiate favorable lease terms for new and existing locations and the implementation ofimplement our studio portfolio transformation, our ability to attract and retain key executives and other qualified employees, our ability to continue to make product innovations, the success of newly-introduced products, our ability to serve all of our markets, possible acquisitions, divestitures or alliances, our ability to integrate and benefit from acquisitions and investments, the pace and level of government procurement, the outcome of pending litigation or governmental audits or investigations, political risk in the markets we serve, natural disasters, public health crises, disease outbreaks, and other risks identified in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what we express or forecast. Furthermore, Herman Miller, Inc., undertakes no obligation to update, amend or clarify forward-looking statements.



392020 Annual Report





Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The Company manufactures, markets, and sells its products throughout the world and, as a result, is subject to changing economic conditions, which could reduce the demand for its products.


Direct Material Costs
The Company is exposed to risks arising from price changes for certain direct materials and assembly components used in its operations. The largest of such costs incurred by the Company are for steel, plastics, textiles, wood particleboard and aluminum components. The impact from changes in all commodity prices increasedlowered the Company's costs by approximately $16$4 million during fiscal 20192020 compared to the prior year. The impact from changes in commodity prices increased the Company's costs by approximately $10$16 million during fiscal 20182019 as compared to fiscal 2017.2018. Note that these changes include the impact of Chinese tariffs on the Company's direct material costs.


The market prices for commodities will fluctuate over time and the Company acknowledges that such changes are likely to impact its costs for key direct materials and assembly components. Consequently, it views the prospect of such changes as an outlook risk to the business.


Foreign Exchange Risk
The Company primarily manufactures its products in the United States, United Kingdom, China, India, and India.Brazil. It also sources completed products and product components from outside the United States. The Company's completed products are sold in numerous countries around the world. Sales in foreign countries as well as certain expenses related to those sales are transacted in currencies other than the Company's reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, production costs and profit margins related to these sales are effected by the currency exchange relationship between the countries where the sales take place and the countries where the products are sourced or manufactured. These currency exchange relationships can also impact the Company's competitive positions within these markets.


In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts denominated in foreign currencies. The principal foreign currencies in which the Company conducts its business are the British pound sterling, euro, Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Hong Kong dollar and Chinese renminbi. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had outstanding thirteentwenty forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. Four forward contracts were placed to offset a 21.5 million U.S. dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 21 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an 8 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an $0.6 million Canadian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Five forward contracts were placed to offset a 14.0 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 1.5 million euro-denominated net liability exposure.

(In millions, except number of forward contracts)    
Net Asset Exposure    
Currency Number of Forward Contracts Net Exposure
USD 7 41.6
EUR 2 18.2
ZAR 1 3.7
NOK 1 7.7
SEK 1 10.5
GBP 1 1.4
     
Net Liability Exposure    
Currency Number of Forward Contracts Net Exposure
USD 4 7.4
EUR 1 1.3
CAD 1 3.1
AED 1 3.9


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries40



As of June 2, 2018,1, 2019, the Company had outstanding, thirteenfourteen forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. Three forward contracts were placed to offset a 18.5 million U.S. dollar-denominated net liability exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 13.7 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an 10.5 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. Five forward contracts were placed to offset a 13.0 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 1.2 million euro-denominated net liability exposure.

(In millions, except number of forward contracts)    
Net Asset Exposure    
Currency Number of Forward Contracts Net Exposure
USD 4 21.5
EUR 2 21.0
ZAR 1 8.0
CAD 1 0.6
     
Net Liability Exposure    
Currency Number of Forward Contracts Net Exposure
USD 5 14.0
EUR 1 1.5

The cost of the foreign currency hedges and remeasuring all foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency wasresulted in a net loss of $1.1 million in fiscal 2020 in contrast to net gain of $0.3 million in fiscal 2019 in contrast to net loss of $0.4 million in fiscal 2018 included in net earnings. These amounts are included in “Other Expenses (Income)”expense (income), net” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Additionally, the cumulative effect of translating the balance sheet and income statement accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar decreased the accumulated comprehensive loss component of total stockholders' equity by $7.7 million and $14.2 millionand$2.7 million as of the end of as of the end of fiscal 2020 and 2019, and 2018, respectively.


Interest Rate Risk
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and its overall cost of borrowing. The Company's interest rate swap agreement was entered into to exchange variable rate interest payments for fixed rate payments over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreementagreements is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The differential paid or received on the interest rate swap agreementagreements is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.
These interest rate swap derivative instruments are held and used by the Company as a tool for managing interest rate risk. They are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The counterparties to the swap instruments are large financial institutions that the Company believes are of high-quality creditworthiness. While the Company may be exposed to potential losses due to the credit risk of non-performance by these counterparties, such losses are not anticipated.




In September 2016, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted indebtedness anticipated to be borrowed on the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.


In June 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 2.387 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.
The fair market value of the effective interest rate swap instruments was a net liability of $25.0 million at May 30, 2020 compared to $1.2 million at June 1, 2019 compared to a net asset of $15.0 million at June 2, 2018.2019. All cash flows related to the Company's interest rate swap instruments are

412020 Annual Report



denominated in U.S. dollars. For further information, refer to NotesNote 6 and Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Expected cash outflows (notional amounts) over the next five years and thereafter related to debt instruments are as follows.
(In millions)2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter 
Total(1)
Long-Term Debt - Fixed rate:             
Interest rate = 6.00%$
 $50.0
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $50.0
Interest rate = 1.949%(2)
$
 $
 $150.0
 $
 $
 $
 $150.0
Interest rate = 2.387%(2)
$
 $
 $75.0
 $
 $
 $
 $75.0
(In millions)2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Thereafter 
Total(1)
Long-Term Debt - Variable rate:             
Syndicated Revolving Line of Credit, due August 2024$
 $
 $
 $
 $265.0
 $
 $265.0
Long-Term Debt - Fixed rate:             
Interest rate 4.95%$
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $50.0
 $50.0
Interest rate 6.00%$50.0
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $50.0
Interest rate 1.949%(2)
$
 $
 $
 $
 $150.0
 $
 $150.0
Interest rate 2.387%(2)
$
 $
 $
 $
 $75.0
 $
 $75.0
(1) Amount does not include the recorded fair value of the swap instruments, which totaled a $1.2 million net liability and a $15.0 million net asset at the end of fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.instruments.
(2) The Company's revolving credit facility has a variable interest rate, but due to the interest rate swaps, the rate on $150.0 million and $75.0 million will be fixed at 1.949% and 2.387%, respectively as demonstrated in the table above.respectively.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries42





Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Fiscal Years EndedYear Ended
(In millions, except per share data)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Net sales$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
Cost of sales1,637.3
 1,508.2
 1,414.0
1,575.9
 1,637.3
 1,508.2
Gross margin929.9
 873.0
 864.2
910.7
 929.9
 873.0
Operating expenses:          
Selling, general and administrative639.3
 615.3
 587.5
643.3
 639.3
 615.3
Restructuring and impairment expenses10.2
 5.7
 12.5
Impairment charges205.4
 
 
Restructuring expenses26.4
 10.2
 5.7
Design and research76.9
 73.1
 73.1
74.0
 76.9
 73.1
Total operating expenses726.4
 694.1
 673.1
949.1
 726.4
 694.1
Operating earnings203.5
 178.9
 191.1
Other expenses (income):     
Operating (loss) earnings(38.4) 203.5
 178.9
Gain on consolidation of equity method investments36.2
 
 
Interest expense12.1
 13.5
 15.2
12.5
 12.1
 13.5
Interest and other investment income(2.1) (4.4) (2.2)(2.3) (2.1) (4.4)
Other, net(1.6) 1.7
 0.5
Net other expenses8.4
 10.8
 13.5
Earnings before income taxes195.1
 168.1
 177.6
Other expense (income), net1.0
 (1.6) 1.7
(Loss) Earnings before income taxes and equity income(13.4) 195.1
 168.1
Income tax expense39.6
 42.4
 55.1
6.0
 39.6
 42.4
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax5.0
 3.0
 1.6
5.0
 5.0
 3.0
Net earnings160.5
 128.7
 124.1
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 0.6
 0.2
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$160.5
 $128.1
 $123.9
Net (loss) earnings(14.4) 160.5
 128.7
Net (loss) earnings attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(5.3) 
 0.6
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$(9.1) $160.5
 $128.1
          
Earnings per share — basic$2.72
 $2.15
 $2.07
Earnings per share — diluted$2.70
 $2.12
 $2.05
(Loss) Earnings per share — basic$(0.15) $2.72
 $2.15
(Loss) Earnings per share — diluted$(0.15) $2.70
 $2.12
          
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:          
Foreign currency translation adjustments$(14.2) $2.7
 $(7.2)$(7.7) $(14.2) $2.7
Pension and post-retirement liability adjustments(7.8) 10.4
 (12.7)(14.2) (7.8) 10.4
Unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swap agreement(12.3) 7.8
 2.1
(18.0) (12.3) 7.8
Unrealized holding gain on available for sale securities
 
 0.1
Total other comprehensive (loss) income(34.3) 20.9
 (17.7)
Comprehensive income126.2
 149.6
 106.4
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 0.6
 0.2
Comprehensive income attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$126.2
 $149.0
 $106.2
Unrealized holding gains on securities0.1
 
 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(39.8) (34.3) 20.9
Comprehensive (loss) income(54.2) 126.2
 149.6
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(5.3) 
 0.6
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$(48.9) $126.2
 $149.0



432020 Annual Report





Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share and per share data)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Assets   
ASSETS   
Current Assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents$159.2
 $203.9
$454.0
 $159.2
Marketable securities8.8
 8.6
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowances of $3.8 in 2019 and $3.3 in 2018218.0
 217.4
Short-term investments7.0
 8.8
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4.7 and $3.8180.0
 218.0
Unbilled accounts receivable34.3
 1.9
19.5
 34.3
Inventories, net184.2
 162.4
197.3
 184.2
Prepaid taxes9.2
 9.9
Other47.6
 41.3
Total Current Assets661.3
 645.4
   
Property and Equipment:   
Land and improvements24.2
 24.4
Buildings and improvements267.6
 238.6
Machinery and equipment733.0
 700.0
Construction in progress59.9
 57.8
Gross Property and Equipment1,084.7
 1,020.8
Less: Accumulated depreciation(736.1) (689.4)
Net Property and Equipment348.6
 331.4
Prepaid expenses43.3
 45.8
Other current assets16.0
 11.0
Total current assets917.1
 661.3
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $780.5 and $736.1330.8
 348.6
Right of use assets193.9
 
Goodwill303.8
 304.1
346.0
 303.8
Indefinite-lived intangibles78.1
 78.1
92.8
 78.1
Other amortizable intangibles, net41.1
 41.3
Other assets136.4
 79.2
Other amortizable intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $62.7 and $46.2112.4
 41.1
Other noncurrent assets60.9
 136.4
Total Assets$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
$2,053.9
 $1,569.3
      
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Stockholders' Equity   
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   
Current Liabilities:      
Accounts payable$177.7
 $171.4
$128.8
 $177.7
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt51.4
 3.1
Accrued compensation and benefits85.5
 86.3
71.1
 85.5
Accrued warranty53.1
 51.5
59.2
 53.1
Customer deposits30.7
 27.6
39.8
 30.7
Other accrued liabilities99.1
 77.0
163.0
 96.0
Total Current Liabilities446.1
 413.8
   
Long-term debt, less current portion281.9
 275.0
Total current liabilities513.3
 446.1
Long-term debt539.9
 281.9
Pension and post-retirement benefits24.5
 15.6
42.4
 24.5
Lease liabilities178.8
 
Other liabilities77.0
 79.8
86.1
 77.0
Total Liabilities829.5
 784.2
1,360.5
 829.5
   
Redeemable noncontrolling interests20.6
 30.5
50.4
 20.6
Stockholders' Equity:      
Preferred stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued)
 

 
Common stock, $0.20 par value (240,000,000 shares authorized, 58,794,148 and 59,230,974 shares issued and outstanding in 2019 and 2018, respectively)11.7
 11.7
Common stock, $0.20 par value (240,000,000 shares authorized, 58,793,275 and 58,794,148 shares issued and outstanding in 2020 and 2019, respectively)11.8
 11.7
Additional paid-in capital89.8
 116.6
81.6
 89.8
Retained earnings712.7
 598.3
683.9
 712.7
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(94.2) (61.3)(134.0) (94.2)
Key executive deferred compensation(0.8) (0.7)
Deferred compensation plan(0.3) (0.8)
Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity719.2
 664.6
643.0
 719.2
Noncontrolling interests
 0.2
Total Stockholders' Equity719.2
 664.8
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Stockholders' Equity$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
$2,053.9
 $1,569.3

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries44





Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Key Executive Deferred Compensation Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity Noncontrolling Interests Total Stockholders' EquityCommon Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Deferred Compensation Plan Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity Noncontrolling Interests Total Stockholders' Equity
(In millions, except share and per share data) Shares Amount Shares Amount 
May 28, 2016$
 59,868,276
 $12.0
 $142.7
 $435.3
 $(64.5) $(1.1) $524.4
 $0.3
 $524.7
Net earnings
 
 
 
 123.9
 
 
 123.9
 
 123.9
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 (17.7) 
 (17.7) 
 (17.7)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 9.1
 
 
 
 9.1
 (0.1) 9.0
Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation
 
 
 (0.6) 
 
 
 (0.6) 
 (0.6)
Exercise of stock options
 327,299
 
 9.4
 
 
 
 9.4
 
 9.4
Restricted and performance stock units released
 207,776
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 68,047
 
 1.9
 
 
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (765,556) (0.1) (23.7) 
 
 
 (23.8) 
 (23.8)
Directors' fees
 9,982
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 (0.1) 
 
 0.1
 
 
 
Dividends declared ($0.68 per share)
 
 
 
 (40.9) 
 
 (40.9) 
 (40.9)
Redemption value adjustment
 
 
 
 1.2
 
 
 1.2
 
 1.2
June 3, 2017$
 59,715,824
 $11.9
 $139.3
 $519.5
 $(82.2) $(1.0) $587.5
 $0.2
 $587.7
59,715,824
 $11.9
 $139.3
 $519.5
 $(82.2) $(1.0) $587.5
 $0.2
 $587.7
Net earnings
 
 
 
 128.1
 
 
 128.1
 
 128.1

 
 
 128.1
 
 
 128.1
 
 128.1
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 7.0
 
 
 
 7.0
 
 7.0

 
 7.0
 
 
 
 7.0
 
 7.0
Exercise of stock options
 538,259
 
 14.6
 
 
 
 14.6
 
 14.6
538,259
 
 14.6
 
 
 
 14.6
 
 14.6
Restricted and performance stock units released
 256,884
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
256,884
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 67,335
 
 2.0
 
 
 
 2.0
 
 2.0
67,335
 
 2.0
 
 
 
 2.0
 
 2.0
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (1,356,156) (0.3) (46.2) 
 
 
 (46.5) 
 (46.5)(1,356,156) (0.3) (46.2) 
 
 
 (46.5) 
 (46.5)
Directors' fees
 8,828
 
 0.4
 
 
 
 0.4
 
 0.4
8,828
 
 0.4
 
 
 
 0.4
 
 0.4
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 (0.4) 
 
 0.3
 (0.1) 
 (0.1)
 
 (0.4) 
 
 0.3
 (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
 
 
 
 (43.2) 
 
 (43.2) 
 (43.2)
 
 
 (43.2) 
 
 (43.2) 
 (43.2)
Redemption value adjustment
 
 
 
 (6.2) 
 
 (6.2) 
 (6.2)
 
 
 (6.2) 
 
 (6.2) 
 (6.2)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
 
 
 (0.3) 0.1
 
 
 (0.2) 
 (0.2)
 
 (0.3) 0.1
 
 
 (0.2) 
 (0.2)
June 2, 2018$
 59,230,974
 $11.7
 $116.6
 $598.3
 $(61.3) $(0.7) $664.6
 $0.2
 $664.8
59,230,974
 $11.7
 $116.6
 $598.3
 $(61.3) $(0.7) $664.6
 $0.2
 $664.8
Net earnings
 
 
 
 160.5
 
 
 160.5
 
 160.5

 
 
 160.5
 
 
 160.5
 
 160.5
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
 
 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 8.4
 
 
 
 8.4
 (0.2) 8.2

 
 8.4
 
 
 
 8.4
 (0.2) 8.2
Exercise of stock options
 347,248
 0.1
 10.0
 
 
 
 10.1
 
 10.1
347,248
 0.1
 10.0
 
 
 
 10.1
 
 10.1
Restricted and performance stock units released
 468,807
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
468,807
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 62,957
 
 1.9
 
 
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
62,957
 
 1.9
 
 
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (1,326,023) (0.2) (47.6) 
 
 
 (47.8) 
 (47.8)(1,326,023) (0.2) (47.6) 
 
 
 (47.8) 
 (47.8)
Directors' fees
 10,185
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
10,185
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 
 
 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 (0.1)
 
 
 
 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Dividends declared ($0.79 per share)
 
 
 
 (46.6) 
 
 (46.6) 
 (46.6)
 
 
 (46.6) 
 
 (46.6) 
 (46.6)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
 
 
 
 0.5
 1.4
 
 1.9
 
 1.9

 
 
 0.5
 1.4
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
June 1, 2019$
 58,794,148
 $11.7
 $89.8
 $712.7
 $(94.2) $(0.8) $719.2
 $
 $719.2
58,794,148
 $11.7
 $89.8
 $712.7
 $(94.2) $(0.8) $719.2
 $
 $719.2
Net loss
 
 
 (9.1) 
 
 (9.1) 
 (9.1)
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 (39.8) 
 (39.8) 
 (39.8)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 2.7
 
 
 
 2.7
 
 2.7
Exercise of stock options423,815
 0.2
 13.3
 
 
 
 13.5
 
 13.5
Restricted and performance stock units released138,590
 
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.2
 
 0.2
Employee stock purchase plan issuances70,145
 
 2.1
 
 
 
 2.1
 
 2.1
Repurchase and retirement of common stock(641,192) (0.1) (26.5) 
 
 
 (26.6) 
 (26.6)
Directors' fees7,769
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Deferred compensation plan
 
 (0.3) 
 
 0.5
 0.2
 
 0.2
Dividends declared ($0.63 per share)
 
 
 (37.5) 
 
 (37.5) 
 (37.5)
Redemption value adjustment
 
 
 17.8
 
 
 17.8
 
 17.8
May 30, 202058,793,275
 $11.8
 $81.6
 $683.9
 $(134.0) $(0.3) $643.0
 $
 $643.0


452020 Annual Report





Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal Years EndedYear Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:          
Net earnings$160.5
 $128.7
 $124.1
Net (loss) earnings$(14.4) $160.5
 $128.7
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation expense65.9
 60.9
 52.9
68.1
 65.9
 60.9
Amortization expense6.2
 6.0

6.0
11.4
 6.2

6.0
Earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates net of dividends received(2.1) (0.2) (1.5)(4.8) (2.1) (0.2)
Investment fair value adjustment(2.1) 
 

 (2.1) 
Loss (gain) on sales of property and dealers0.8
 (0.5) 
Gain on consolidation of equity method investments(36.2) 
 
Deferred taxes0.8
 (0.8) 14.8
(25.2) 0.8
 (0.8)
Pension contributions(0.9) (13.4) (1.1)(0.9) (0.9) (13.4)
Pension and post-retirement expenses1.2
 2.9
 0.5
1.6
 1.2
 2.9
Restructuring and impairment expenses10.2
 5.7
 12.5
Impairment charges205.4
 
 
Restructuring expenses26.4
 10.2
 5.7
Stock-based compensation7.3
 7.7
 8.7
2.7
 7.3
 7.7
Increase in long-term assets(4.7) (0.4) (2.2)
Increase in long-term liabilities1.6
 3.4
 6.2
5.8
 1.6
 3.4
Changes in current assets and liabilities:          
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable & unbilled accounts receivable(24.8) (33.1) 17.3
Increase in inventories(31.9) (12.4) (29.9)
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable & unbilled accounts receivable68.6
 (24.8) (33.1)
Decrease (increase) in inventories6.0
 (31.9) (12.4)
Increase in prepaid expenses and other(0.6) (3.0) (0.5)(2.2) (0.6) (3.0)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable0.5
 16.0
 (11.2)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable(59.5) 0.5
 16.0
(Decrease) increase in accrued liabilities22.7
 (0.3) 0.8
(32.0) 22.7
 (0.3)
Other1.1
 (1.1) 2.5
Other, net5.7
 2.3
 0.6
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities216.4
 166.5
 202.1
221.8
 216.4
 166.5
          
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:          
Net receipts (advances) from notes receivable1.1
 (1.1) 2.4
Marketable securities purchases(1.9) (1.0) (2.0)(3.1) (1.9) (1.0)
Marketable securities sales1.7
 1.0
 0.9
5.0
 1.7
 1.0
Capital expenditures(85.8) (70.6) (87.3)(69.0) (85.8) (70.6)
Proceeds from sales of property and dealers0.5
 2.1
 
0.2
 0.5
 2.1
Payments of loans on cash surrender value of life insurance
 
 (15.3)
Proceeds from life insurance policy
 8.1
 

 
 8.1
Purchase of HAY licensing agreement(4.8) 
 

 (4.8) 
Acquisitions, net of cash received(111.2) 
 
Equity investment in non-controlled entities(73.6) 
 (13.1)(3.3) (73.6) 
Other, net(2.2) (1.2) (1.9)13.3
 (1.1) (2.3)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities(165.0) (62.7) (116.3)(168.1) (165.0) (62.7)
          
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:          
Borrowings of long-term debt50.0
 
 
Repayments of long-term debt
 (150.0) 

 
 (150.0)
Proceeds from credit facility
 340.4
 794.4
265.0
 
 340.4
Repayments of credit facility
 (115.4) (816.4)
 
 (115.4)
Dividends paid(45.6) (42.4) (39.4)(36.4) (45.6) (42.4)
Common stock issued12.3
 17.0
 11.7
15.6
 12.3
 17.0
Common stock repurchased and retired(47.9) (46.5) (23.7)(26.6) (47.9) (46.5)
Purchase of noncontrolling interests(10.1) (1.0) (1.5)
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interests(20.3) (10.1) (1.0)
Other, net(0.6) 0.4
 0.3
(3.3) (0.6) 0.4
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities(91.9) 2.5
 (74.6)
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities244.0
 (91.9) 2.5
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(4.2) 1.4
 0.1
(2.9) (4.2) 1.4
Net Increase In Cash and Cash Equivalents(44.7) 107.7
 11.3
294.8
 (44.7) 107.7
Cash and cash equivalents, Beginning of Year203.9
 96.2
 84.9
159.2
 203.9
 96.2
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year$159.2
 $203.9
 $96.2
$454.0
 $159.2
 $203.9
          
Other Cash Flow Information          
Interest paid$11.5
 $16.4
 $13.4
$11.4
 $11.5
 $16.4
Income taxes paid, net of cash received$41.0
 $34.2
 $35.6
$39.6
 $41.0
 $34.2

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries46





Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Table of Contents



472020 Annual Report





1. Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting and reporting policies not reflected elsewhere in the accompanying financial statements.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Herman Miller, Inc. and its controlled domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The consolidated entities are collectively referred to as “the Company.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Description of Business
The Company researches, designs, manufactures, sells and distributes interior furnishings for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational and residential settings and provides related services that support companies all over the world. The Company's products are sold primarily through independent contract office furniture dealers as well as the following channels: owned contract office furniture dealers, direct customer sales, independent retailers, owned retail studios, direct-mail catalogs and the Company's e-commerce platforms.


Fiscal Year
The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal years ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018 contained 52 weeks, while the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017 contained 53 weeks.


Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for most of the foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The cumulative effects of translating the balance sheet accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar using fiscal year-end exchange rates and translating revenue and expense accounts using average exchange rates for the period isare reflected as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.


The financial statement impact of gains and losses resulting from remeasuring foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency resulted in a net loss of $1.1 million, net gain of $0.3 million, and a net gain of $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively, and a net loss of $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017.respectively. These amounts are included in “Other, net”Other expense (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


Cash Equivalents
The Company holds cash equivalents as part of its cash management function. Cash equivalents include money market funds and time deposit investments with original maturities of less than three months. The carrying value of cash equivalents, which approximates fair value, totaled $364.0 million and$102.8 million and $148.8 millionas ofMay 30, 2020andJune 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively. All cash equivalents are high-credit quality financial instruments and the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or instrument is limited.


Marketable Securities
The Company maintains a portfolio of marketable securities primarily comprised of mutual funds. These mutual funds are comprised of both equity and fixed income funds. These investments are held by the Company's wholly owned insurance captive and are considered “available-for-sale” securities. Accordingly, they have been recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices. Net unrealized holding gains or losses related to the equity mutual funds are recorded through net income while net unrealized holding gains or losses related to the fixed income mutual funds are recorded through other comprehensive income.


All marketable security transactions are recognized on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on disposal of available-for-sale investments are included in “Interest and other investment income” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures of marketable securities.


Accounts Receivable Allowances
Reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable balances are based on known customer exposures, historical credit experience and the specific identification of other potentially uncollectible accounts. Balances are written off against

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries48



the reserve once the Company determines the probability of collection to be remote. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security on trade accounts receivable.




Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company's trade receivables are primarily due from independent dealers who, in turn, carry receivables from their customers. The Company monitors and manages the credit risk associated with individual dealers and direct customers where applicable. Dealers are responsible for assessing and assuming credit risk of their customers and may require their customers to provide deposits, letters of credit or other credit enhancement measures. Some sales contracts are structured such that the customer payment or obligation is direct to the Company. In those cases, the Company may assume the credit risk. Whether from dealers or customers, the Company's trade credit exposures are not concentrated with any particular entity.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and include material, labor and overhead. Inventory cost is determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method at manufacturing facilities in Michigan, whereas inventories of the Company's other locations are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions, that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or net realizable value may be adjusted in response to changing conditions. Further information on the Company's recorded inventory balances can be found in Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:
(In millions) Goodwill Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets Total Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Balance, June 2, 2018 $304.1
 $78.1
 $382.2
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Balance, June 2, 2019 $303.8
 $78.1
 $381.9
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.9) (0.5) (1.4)
Acquisition of HAY 111.1
 60.0
 171.1
Acquisition of naughtone 57.5
 8.5
 66.0
Impairment charges (125.5) (53.3) (178.8)
Balance, May 30, 2020 $346.0
 $92.8
 $438.8


Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company may first assess qualitative factors. If an initial qualitative assessment identifies that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, additional quantitative testing is performed. The Company may also elect to skipbypass the qualitative testing and proceed directly to the quantitative testing. If the quantitative testing indicates that goodwill is impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. Each of the reporting units were reviewed for impairment using a quantitative assessment as of March 31, 2020.


To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit when performing the quantitative testing, the Company utilizes a weighting of the income method and the market method. The income method is based on a discounted future cash flow approachanalysis that uses a number of estimates, includinginputs, including:

actual and forecasted revenue based on assumed growth rates estimated costs and operating margins, and
discount rates based on the reporting unit's weighted average cost of capital. Growth rates for each reporting unit are determined based on internal estimates, historical data and external sources.

The growth estimates are also used in planning for the Company's long-term and short-term business planning and forecasting. We testCompany corroborates the reasonableness of the inputs and outcomes of our discounted cash flow analysis against comparablethrough a market data. The market methodcapitalization reconciliation to determine whether the implied control premium is based on financial multiples of companies comparable to each reporting unit and applies a control premium. The carrying value of each reporting unit represents the assignment of various assets and liabilities, excluding corporate assets and liabilities, such as cash, investments and debt.reasonable.



492020 Annual Report



The Company completed the requiredits annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019,each year, as of March 31 2019, performing ast. In fiscal 2020, the Company elected to perform quantitative and qualitative impairment testtests for all goodwill reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets. For the reporting units that the Company elected to test qualitatively, as is permitted under ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, the Company concluded it to be more likely than not that their estimated fair values are greater than their respective carrying values.
In performing the quantitative impairment test, the Company determined that the fair value of the North America and International reporting units exceeded the carrying amount and, as such, thethese reporting units were not impaired and the second stepimpaired. Our assessment of the Retail and Maharam reporting units indicated that the carrying value of these reporting units exceeded their fair values, and goodwill impairment test was not necessary.charges of $88.8 million and $36.7 million, respectively, were recorded in fiscal 2020 resulting in no goodwill in either the Retail or Maharam reporting units.


The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions. The carryingfair value of the Company's RetailInternational reporting unit, was $249.9which includes $163.7 million of goodwill as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fairMay 30, 2020, exceeds its carrying value of the reporting unit was $282.6 million, which represents an excess fair value of $32.7 million or 13%by 17%. Due to the level that the reporting unit fair valuesvalue exceeded the carrying amountsamount and the results of the sensitivity analysis, the Company may need to record an impairment charge if the operating results of its RetailInternational reporting unit were to decline in future periods.


In completing our annual goodwill impairment test, the respective fair values were estimated using an income approach with market participant discount rates ranging from 10.25% to 14.0% developed using a weighted average cost of capital analysis and long-term growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are evaluated annually for impairment, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company utilizes the relief from royalty methodology to test for impairment. The primary assumptions for the relief from royalty method include forecasted revenue forecasts, earnings forecasts,growth rates, royalty rates and discount rates. The Company measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. The Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trade names valued at approximately $78.1 million as of the end of fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. These assets have indefinite useful lives.


In fiscal 2019,2020, the Company performed only quantitative assessments in testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Theimpairment, which resulted in the carrying value of the Company's DWR trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was $55.1 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair valuevalues of the DWR, Maharam, HAY and naughtone trade name was $63.2names exceeding their fair values by $53.3 million, which represents an excess fair valueand impairment charges of $8.1 million or 14.6%.this amount were recognized. If the residual cash flows related to the Company's DWRthese trade namenames were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an additional impairment charge.




During fiscal 2017, the Company recognized asset impairment expense totaling $7.1 million associated with the NemschoffIn completing our annual indefinite-lived trade name which wasimpairment test, the respective fair values were estimated using a relief-from-royalty approach, applying market participant discount rates ranging from 12.75% to 17.25% developed using a weighted average cost of capital analysis, royalty rates ranging from 1.00% to 3.00% and long-term growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%.

The table below summarizes the carrying values and impairment charges recorded withinas of and for the North America Contract operating segment. Asfiscal year ended May 30, 2020, for each of the end of fiscal 2017, the carrying value of the NemschoffCompany’s indefinite-lived trade name was zero. These impairment expenses are recorded in the Restructuring and impairment expenses line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:names:
(In millions) Goodwill Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets Total Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Balance, June 3, 2017 $304.5
 $78.1
 $382.6
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Sale of owned dealer (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Balance, June 2, 2018 $304.1
 $78.1
 $382.2
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Balance, June 1, 2019 $303.8
 $78.1
 $381.9
(In millions)  
Trade nameCarrying ValueImpairment Charge
Maharam$16.5
$(6.5)
DWR31.5
(23.6)
HAY39.3
(20.7)
naughtone6.0
(2.5)
Total$93.3
$(53.3)


The goodwill and indefinite-lived trade name impairment charges were primarily caused by reduced sales and profitability projections, largely attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and related economic disruption that the Company began to experience in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Property, Equipment and Depreciation
Property and equipment are stated at cost. The cost is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment and do not exceed 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the asset. The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with the development, testing and

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries50



installation of software for internal use and cloud computing arrangements. Software for internal use is included in property and equipment and is depreciated over an estimated useful life not exceeding 5 years. Depreciation and amortization expense is included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the Cost of sales, Selling, general and administrative and Design and research line items.


The following table summarizes our property as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Land and improvements$23.7
 $24.2
Buildings and improvements266.5
 267.6
Machinery and equipment791.9
 733.0
Construction in progress29.2
 59.9
Accumulated depreciation(780.5) (736.1)
Property and equipment, net$330.8
 $348.6


As of the end of fiscal 2019,2020, outstanding commitments for future capital purchases approximated $34.7$39.8 million.


Other Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews other long-livedthe carrying value of long–lived assets for impairment wheneverwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or an asset groupassets may not be recoverable. Each impairment test is based on a comparison ofIf such indicators are present, the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the asset or asset group are compared to the carrying amountvalue of the asset or asset groupgroup. Given the substantial reduction in forecasted revenue growth rates and cash flows due to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated byCOVID-19 pandemic, the Company determined that a triggering event occurred in the fourth quarter of 2020 and an impairment assessment was warranted for certain asset groups. Accordingly, the Company compared the fair value of the asset or asset group, or in some cases, by prices for similar assets. If such assets are consideredgroups to be impaired, the impairment amount to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset groups. Based on this assessment, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $26.6 million, primarily related to its right-of-use assets exceedsand definite-lived customer relationship intangible assets within the DWR asset group. The carrying value of the DWR asset group as of May 30, 2020 was $122.7 million.

The Company used available market-based rental comparatives and industry data trends, as well as considerations of the remaining lease term, to determine the fair value of DWR’s right of use assets. As a result, the Company determined that the carrying value for the right-of-use assets within the DWR asset group exceeded their fair value.     value and an impairment charge of $19.3 million was recorded. The carrying value of the DWR right of use assets at May 30, 2020 is $110.9 million. If the residual cash flows related to these long-lived assets were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an additional impairment charge.


Amortizable intangible assets within Other amortizable intangibles, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of patents, trademarks and customer relationships. The customer relationships intangible asset is comprised of relationships with customers, specifiers, networks, dealers and distributors. Refer to the following table for the combined gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for these amortizable intangibles.
 May 30, 2020
(In millions)Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$41.7
 $118.7
 $14.7
 $175.1
Accumulated amortization14.4
 38.3
 10.0
 62.7
Net$27.3
 $80.4
 $4.7
 $112.4
        
 June 1, 2019
 Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$20.1
 $55.2
 $12.0
 $87.3
Accumulated amortization12.5
 27.6
 6.1
 46.2
Net$7.6
 $27.6
 $5.9
 $41.1

 June 1, 2019
(In millions)Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$20.1
 $55.2
 $12.0
 $87.3
Accumulated amortization12.5
 27.6
 6.1
 46.2
Net$7.6
 $27.6
 $5.9
 $41.1
        
 June 2, 2018
 Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$22.4
 $55.3
 $7.5
 $85.2
Accumulated amortization14.7
 23.5
 5.7
 43.9
Net$7.7
 $31.8
 $1.8
 $41.3


The Company amortizes these assets over their remaining useful lives using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 years to 20 years, or on an accelerated basis, to reflect the expected realization of the economic

512020 Annual Report



benefits. It is estimated that the weighted-average remaining useful life of the patents and trademarks is approximately 67 years and the weighted-average remaining useful life of the customer relationships is 7 years.




Estimated amortization expense on existing amortizable intangible assets as of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, for each of the succeeding five fiscal years, is as follows:
(In millions) 
2021$14.9
2022$14.9
2023$14.4
2024$14.2
2025$13.3

(In millions) 
2020$6.4
2021$6.3
2022$6.1
2023$5.4
2024$5.1


Self-Insurance
The Company is partially self-insured for general liability, workers' compensation and certain employee health and dental benefits under insurance arrangements that provide for third-party coverage of claims exceeding the Company's loss retention levels. The Company's health benefit and auto liability retention levels do not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The Company's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of June 1, 2019May 30, 2020, are as follows:
(In millions)Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability$1.00
Auto liability$1.00
Workers' compensation$0.75
Health benefit$0.50

(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability $1.00
Auto liability $1.00
Workers' compensation $0.75
Health benefit $0.50


The Company accrues for its self-insurance arrangements, as well as reserves for health, prescription drugs, and dental benefit exposures based on actuarially-determined estimates, which are recorded in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The value of the liability as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018 was $11.7$13.1 million and $11.2$11.7 million, respectively. The actuarial valuations are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Changes in assumptions for such matters as legal actions, medical costs, payment lag times and changes in actual experience could cause these estimates to change. The general, auto, and workers' compensation liabilities are managed through the Company's wholly-owned insurance captive.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Certain minority shareholders in the Company's subsidiary Herman Miller Consumer Holdings, Inc. have the right, at specified times over a period of time, to require the Company to acquire portions of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. Their interests in these subsidiaries are classified outside permanent equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are carried at the current estimated redemption amounts.

The redemption amounts are estimated based on the fair value of the subsidiary, which is determined based on a weighting of the discounted cash flow and market methods. The discounted cash flow analysis uses the present value of projected cash flows and a residual value. A market-based approach is used to determine the discount rate for the discounted cash flow method. Market multiples for comparable companies are used for the market method of valuation. The fair value of the subsidiary is sensitive to changes in projected revenues and costs, the discount rate and the forward multiples of the comparable companies.

Changes in the estimated redemption amounts of the noncontrolling interests, subject to put options, are reflected at each reporting period with a corresponding adjustment to Retained earnings. Future reductions in the carrying amounts are subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. See Note 16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.



Research, Development and Other Related Costs
Research, development, pre-production and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development ("R&D") costs consist of expenditures incurred during the course of planned research and investigation aimed at discovery of new knowledge useful in developing new products or processes. R&D costs also include the significant enhancement of existing products or production processes and the implementation of such through design, testing of product alternatives or construction of prototypes. R&D costs included in “DesignDesign and research”research expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are $54.3 million, $58.8 million and $57.1 million, and $58.6 million, in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, and 2017, respectively.


Royalty payments made to designers of the Company's products as the products are sold are a variable costcosts based on product sales. These expenses totaled$19.7 million,$18.1 million, and$16.0 million and $14.5 millionin fiscal years2020,2019and2018 and 2017 respectively. They are included in Design and researchexpense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


Customer Payments and Incentives
We offer various sales incentive programs to our customers, such as rebates and discounts. Programs such as rebates and discounts are adjustments to the selling price and are therefore characterized as a reduction to net sales.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries52



Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. The Company completed its review of the impact of the new standard and identified certain key accounting policy changes that resulted from adopting the new standard. All necessary changes required by the new standard, including those to the Corporation's accounting policies, controls, and disclosures, have been identified and implemented as of the beginning of fiscal 2019. See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Company's revenue recognition accounting policies.
Shipping and Handling Expenses
The Company records shipping and handling related expenses under the caption Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Cost of Sales
The Company includes material, labor and overhead in cost of sales. Included within these categories are items such as freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other costs of its distribution network.
Selling, General, and Administrative
The Company includes costs not directly related to the manufacturing of its products in the Selling, general, and administrative line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Included in these expenses are items such as compensation expense, rental expense, warranty expense and travel and entertainment expense.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.

The Company's annual effective tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates and tax planning strategies available in the various jurisdictions the Company operates. Complex tax laws can be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the respective government authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining our tax expense. Tax positions are reviewed quarterly and tax assets and liabilities are adjusted as new information becomes available.

In evaluating the Company's ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence. These assumptions require significant judgment about forecasts of future taxable income.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has several stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our policy is to expense stock-based compensation using the fair-value based method of accounting for all awards granted.


Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued, due to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted shares and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, plus all dilutive shares that could potentially be issued. Refer to Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the computation of EPS.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of Net earnings, Foreign currency translation adjustments, Unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities, Unrealized gains on interest rate swap agreement and Pension and post-retirement liability adjustments. Refer to Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding comprehensive income.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value
The Company classifies and discloses its fair value measurements in one of the following three categories:
Level 1 — Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges.
Level 2 — Financial instruments lacking unadjusted, quoted prices from active market exchanges, including over-the-counter traded financial instruments. Financial instrument values are determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms and direct or indirect observational inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 — Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange and there is little, if any, market activity. Values are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required fair value disclosures.

Derivatives and Hedging
The Company calculates the fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices whenever available. The Company utilizes derivatives to manage exposures to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rate risk. The fair values of all derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities at the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported within Other expenses (income): Other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, or Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within the Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting treatment.

Gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, to the extent the hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are marked-to-market at the end of each period with the results included in Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.



New Accounting Standards
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
StandardDescriptionDate of AdoptionEffect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Revenue from Contracts with CustomersThe standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is designed to create greater comparability for financial statement users across industries and jurisdictions and also requires enhanced disclosures. The standard allows for two adoption methods, a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach.June 3, 2018The Company adopted the standard effective June 3, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements for further information regarding the adoption of the standard.
Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesThe standard provides guidance for the measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial assets and liabilities. The standard requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any change in fair value in net income. The standard does not permit early adoption and at adoption a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings should be recorded.June 3, 2018The Company adopted the standard effective June 3, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. As a result, the Company reclassified $0.1 million of net gains on mutual fund equity securities, that were formerly classified as available for sale securities before the adoption of the new standard, from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings. The impact of adoption also resulted in certain disclosure changes. Refer to Note 12 of the financial statements for further information.
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service ContractThis update aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. Early adoption is permitted.September 2, 2018The Company early adopted the standard prospectively effective September 2, 2018. The impacts resulting from adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Financial Statements.
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeThis update allows for the reclassification to retained earnings of the tax effects stranded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income resulting from The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Early adoption is permitted.September 2, 2018The Company early adopted the standard effective September 2, 2018 and reclassified $1.5 million from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings related to the tax impact of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements.
Compensation - Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit CostThis standard changes the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Under the new guidance, entities must present the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line items as other employee compensation costs related to services rendered during the period. Other components of net periodic benefit cost will be presented separately from the line items that include the service cost. Early adoption is permitted.June 3, 2018The Company retrospectively adopted the standard effective June 3, 2018. Prior to adoption, the Company recorded net periodic benefit costs related to its defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans within Selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of adoption, these costs are recorded within Other, net. The Company retrospectively reclassified these costs in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended June 2, 2018 and June 3, 2017 from Selling, general and administrative to Other, net. Refer to Note 8 of the financial statements for further information.


Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
StandardDescriptionEffective DateEffect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging ActivitiesThis update amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation with the objectives of improving the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities and simplifying the application of hedge accounting. The update expands the strategies eligible for hedge accounting, relaxes the timing requirements of hedge documentation and effectiveness assessments and permits the use of qualitative assessments on an ongoing basis to assess hedge effectiveness. The new guidance also requires new disclosures and presentation.June 2, 2019The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.
LeasesUnder the updated standard a lessee's rights and obligations under most leases, including existing and new arrangements, would be recognized as assets and liabilities, respectively, on the balance sheet. The standard must be adopted under a modified retrospective approach and early adoption is permitted.June 2, 2019The Company has assembled a project team and has made significant process towards implementation of the lease accounting standard. The Company will adopt the standard in fiscal 2020 using the modified-retrospective transition approach. The Company has substantially completed its identification of the global lease population and the data migration to a lease integration tool that will support the accounting and disclosure requirements under the standard. Also, the Company will elect the package of practical expedients. The Company is in the process of finalizing its accounting policies and internal control processes related to the new standard. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record lease liabilities and right-of-use assets in the range of $250 million to $300 million.
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial InstrumentsThis guidance replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates.May 31, 2020The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.
Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value MeasurementThis update eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Early adoption is permitted, and an entity is also permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date.
May 31, 2020The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.
Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans
This update eliminates, adds and clarifies certain disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. Early adoption is permitted.

May 30, 2021The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.



2. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Impact of Adoption
The Company adopted ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal year 2019. The Company completed its review of the impact of the new standard and identified certain key accounting policy changes that resulted from adopting the new standard. These included changes to the identification of performance obligations for commercial contracts in which the Company sells directly to end customers. Under previous accounting rules, which were codified under ASC 605, the Company generally delayed revenue recognition until the products were shipped and installed as the Company had concluded that contracts that contained both products and services represented a single, combined deliverable. However, under ASC 606, the Company has determined that products and services are distinct and as such, represent separate performance obligations. The Company also determined that under ASC 606, certain product pricing elements related to its direct customer sales should be recorded within Cost of sales rather than net within Net sales as had been historical practice under ASC 605.
The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective approach and applied the guidance therein to all applicable contracts that were not complete as of the date of adoption. As a result of these changes in accounting, the Company recorded a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings of $1.9 million on the date of adoption. With the change in performance obligations under ASC 606, product revenue recognition is accelerated on certain direct commercial customer sales. As a result, the cumulative adjustment recorded upon the adoption of ASC 606 had the impact of reducing inventory for sales transactions that would have been recognized in a prior period under ASC 606 and recording unbilled receivables for the amounts owed prior to invoicing. Additionally, the cumulative adjustment reflects the change in accrued expenses, including income taxes payable, related to these sales transactions.
The cumulative impact to our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 3, 2018 was as follows:
 Balance at Adjustments due Balance at
(In millions)June 2, 2018 to ASC 606 June 3, 2018
Balance Sheet     
Assets:     
Unbilled accounts receivable$1.9
 $11.1
 $13.0
Inventories, net162.4
 (7.1) 155.3
      
Liabilities:     
Accrued compensation and benefits86.3
 0.2
 86.5
Other accrued liabilities77.0
 1.9
 78.9
      
Equity:     
Retained earnings598.3
 1.9
 600.2

In accordance with the modified retrospective adoption rules per ASC 606, the Company has disclosed in the table below the differences in our financial statements due to the adoption of the standard. The “As reported” column represents the financial statement values recorded in accordance with ASC 606, while the “Legacy GAAP” column represents what the financial statement values would have been under ASC 605, had the new standard not been adopted.
 Year Ended June 1, 2019
(In millions)As reported Performance Obligation Change Gross vs. Net Change Legacy GAAP
Statement of Comprehensive Income       
Net sales$2,567.2
 $(21.5) $(38.0) $2,507.7
Cost of sales1,637.3
 (12.8) (38.0) 1,586.5
Gross margin929.9
 (8.7) 
 921.2
Total operating expenses726.4
 (0.1)   726.3
Operating earnings203.5
 (8.6)   194.9
Income tax expense39.6
 (1.5)   38.1
Net earnings160.5
 (7.1)   153.4



 As of June 1, 2019
(In millions)As reported Performance Obligation Change Gross vs. Net Change Legacy GAAP
Balance Sheet       
Assets:       
Unbilled accounts receivable$34.3
 $(32.6)   $1.7
Inventories, net184.2
 17.6
   201.8
        
Liabilities:       
Accrued compensation and benefits85.5
 (0.4)   85.1
Other accrued liabilities99.1
 (5.6)   93.5
        
Equity:       
Retained earnings712.7
 (8.9)   703.8

There was no impact on Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities within the Company's Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as a result of adopting ASC 606.

Accounting Policies
The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations, based on the terms of customer contracts, are satisfied. This happens when control of goods and services based on the contract have been conveyed to the customer. Revenue for the sale of products is typically recognized at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. Revenue for services, including the installation of products by the Company's owned dealers, is recognized over time as the services are provided. The method of revenue recognition may vary, depending on the type of contract with the customer, as noted in the section Disaggregated Revenue further below."Disaggregated Revenue" in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.


The Company's contracts with customers include master agreements and certain other forms of contracts, which do not reach the level of a performance obligation until a purchase order is received from a customer. At the point in time that a purchase order under a contract is received by the Company, the collective group of documents represent an enforceable contract between the Company and the customer. While certain customer contracts may have a duration of greater than a year, all purchase orders are less than a year in duration. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, all unfulfilled performance obligations are expected to be fulfilled in the next twelve months.


Variable consideration exists within certain contracts that the Company has with customers. When variable consideration is present in a contract with a customer, the Company estimates the amount that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on the nature of the variable consideration. These estimates are primarily related to rebate programs which involve estimating future sales amounts and rebate percentages to use in the determination of transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Adjustments to Net sales from changes in variable consideration related to performance obligations completed in previous periods are not material to the Company's financial statements. Also, the Company has no contracts with significant financing components.


The Company accounts for shipping and handling activities as fulfillment activities and these costs are accrued within Cost of sales at the same time revenue is recognized. The Company does not record revenue for sales tax, value added tax or other taxes that are collected on behalf of government entities. The Company’s revenue is recorded net of these taxes as they are passed through to the relevant government entities. The Company has recognized incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred as the amortization period is less than one year. The Company has not adjusted the amount of consideration to be received for any significant financing components as the Company’s contracts have a duration of one year or less.

Leases
The Company adopted ASC 842 - Leases at the beginning of fiscal year 2020. The new standard required the Company to recognize most leases on the balance sheet as right of use (ROU) assets with corresponding lease liabilities. All necessary changes required by the new standard, including those to the Company’s accounting policies, business processes, systems, controls and disclosures, were implemented as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. See Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Company's lease accounting policies.

Cost of Sales
The Company includes material, labor and overhead in cost of sales. Included within these categories are items such as freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other costs of its distribution network.
Selling, General and Administrative
The Company includes costs not directly related to the manufacturing of its products in the Selling, general and administrative line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Included in these expenses are items such as compensation expense, rental expense, warranty expense and travel and entertainment expense.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

532020 Annual Report



Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.

The Company's annual effective tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates and tax planning strategies available in the various jurisdictions the Company operates. Complex tax laws can be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the respective government authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining our tax expense. Tax positions are reviewed quarterly and tax assets and liabilities are adjusted as new information becomes available.

In evaluating the Company's ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all positive and negative evidence. These assumptions require significant judgment about forecasts of future taxable income.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has several stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our policy is to expense stock-based compensation using the fair-value based method of accounting for all awards granted.
Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued, due to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted shares and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, plus all dilutive shares that could potentially be issued. When in a loss position, basic and diluted EPS use the same weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Refer to Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the computation of EPS.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of Net earnings, Foreign currency translation adjustments, Unrealized holding gains on securities, Unrealized gains on interest rate swap agreement and Pension and post-retirement liability adjustments. Refer to Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding comprehensive income.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value
The Company classifies and discloses its fair value measurements in one of the following three categories:
Level 1 — Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges.
Level 2 — Financial instruments lacking unadjusted, quoted prices from active market exchanges, including over-the-counter traded financial instruments. Financial instrument values are determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms and direct or indirect observational inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 — Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange and there is little, if any, market activity. Values are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required fair value disclosures.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries54



Derivatives and Hedging
The Company calculates the fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices whenever available. The Company utilizes derivatives to manage exposures to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rate risk. The fair values of all derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities at the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported within "Other expense (income), net" in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, or "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" within the Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting policiestreatment.

Gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, to the extent the hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are marked-to-market at the end of each period with the results included in Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding derivatives.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
On June 2, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)" using the modified retrospective method. Under the updated standard, a resultlessee's rights and obligations under most leases, including existing and new arrangements, are recognized as assets and liabilities, respectively, on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the adoption of the standard.

On June 2, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-12, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities" using the prospective method. This update amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation with the objectives of improving the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities and simplifying the application of hedge accounting. The update expands the strategies eligible for hedge accounting, relaxes the timing requirements of hedge documentation and effectiveness assessments and permits the use of qualitative assessments on an ongoing basis to assess hedge effectiveness. The new guidance also requires new disclosures and presentation. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements. Refer to Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

On March 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-04, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment" using the prospective method. This update simplifies how an entity assesses goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. As amended, the goodwill impairment test consists of one step comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity then recognizes a goodwill impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The adoption was utilized in the Company's current year goodwill impairment testing. Refer above to the "Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets" section for further information.


552020 Annual Report



Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new standard on revenue recognition:following relevant standards issued by the FASB:

Standard
Shipping and Handling Activities - the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities as fulfillment activities and these costs are accrued within Cost of sales at the same time revenue is recognized.

DescriptionEffective Date
Sales Taxes
2016-13Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial InstrumentsThis guidance replaces the Company does not record revenueexisting incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates.May 31, 2020
2018-13Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for sales tax,Fair Value MeasurementThis update eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value added taxmeasurements. Early adoption is permitted.May 31, 2020
2018-14Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit PlansThis update eliminates, adds and clarifies certain disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other taxes that are collected on behalf of government entities. The Company’s revenuepost-retirement plans. Early adoption is recorded net of these taxes as they are passed through to the relevant government entities.

permitted.May 30, 2021
2019-12
Incremental CostsIncome Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
This update removes certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intraperiod allocation and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The update also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including recognizing deferred taxes for tax goodwill and allocating taxes to members of Obtaining a Contract - the Company has recognized incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred as the amortization periodconsolidated group. Early adoption is less than one year.permitted.May 30, 2021

Significant Financing Component - the Company has not adjusted the amount of consideration to be received for any significant financing components as the Company’s contracts have a duration of one year or less.


All other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to the Company.


2. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Disaggregated Revenue

The Company’s revenue is comprised primarily of sales of products and installation services. Depending on the type of contract, the method of accounting and timing of revenue recognition may differ. Below, descriptions have been provided that summarize the Company’s different types of contracts and how revenue is recognized for each.


Single Performance Obligation - these contracts are transacted with customers and include only the product performance obligation. Most commonly, these contracts represent master agreements with independent third-party dealers in which a purchase order represents the customer contract, point of sale transactions through the Retail reportable segment, as well as customer purchase orders for the Maharam subsidiary within the North America Contract reportable segment. For contracts that include a single performance obligation, the Company records revenue at the point in time when title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer.

Single Performance Obligation - these contracts are transacted with customers and include only the product performance obligation. Most commonly, these contracts represent master agreements with independent third-party dealers in which a purchase order represents the customer contract, point of sale transactions through the Retail segment, as well as customer purchase orders for the Maharam subsidiary within the North America Contract segment. For contracts that include a single performance obligation, the Company records revenue at the point in time when title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer.
Multiple Performance Obligations - these contracts are transacted with customers and include more than one performance obligation; products, which are shipped to the customer by the Company and installation and other services, which are primarily fulfilled by independent third-party dealers. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the Company records revenue for the product performance obligation at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. In most cases, the Company has concluded that it is the agent for the installation services performance obligation and as such, the revenue and costs of these services are recorded net within Net sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


Multiple Performance Obligations - these contracts are transacted with customers and include more than one performance obligation; products, which are shipped to the customer by the Company and installation and other services, which are primarily fulfilled by independent third-party dealers. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the Company records revenue for the product performance obligation at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. In most cases, the Company has concluded that it is the agent for the installation services performance obligation and as such, the revenue and costs of these services are recorded net within Net sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

In certain instances, entities owned by the Company, rather than independent third-party dealers, perform installation and other services. In these cases, Service revenue is generated by the Company’s entities that provide installation services, which include owned dealers, and is recognized by the Company over time as the services are provided. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on relative standalone selling prices. 


Other - these contracts are comprised mainly of alliance fee arrangements, whereby the Company earns revenue for allowing other furniture sellers access to its dealer distribution channel, as well as other miscellaneous selling arrangements. Revenue from alliance contracts are recorded at the point in time in which the sale is made by other furniture sellers through the Company’s sales channel.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries56



Other - these contracts are comprised mainly of alliance fee arrangements, whereby the Company earns revenue for allowing other furniture sellers access to its dealer distribution channel, as well as other miscellaneous selling arrangements. Revenue from alliance contracts are recorded at the point in time in which the sale is made by other furniture sellers through the Company’s sales channel.

Revenue disaggregated by contract type has been provided in the table below:
Year EndedYear Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Net Sales:    
Single performance obligation    
Product revenue$2,155.0
$2,116.6
 $2,155.0
Multiple performance obligations    
Product revenue390.0
347.8
 390.0
Service revenue12.6
9.7
 12.6
Other9.6
12.5
 9.6
Total$2,567.2
$2,486.6
 $2,567.2




Revenue disaggregated by product type and reportable segment has been provided in the table below:
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
North America Contract:   
Systems$512.7
 $564.4
Seating459.1
 501.8
Freestanding and storage379.8
 384.9
Textiles138.8
 113.8
Other107.8
 121.6
Total North America Contract$1,598.2
 $1,686.5
    
International Contract:   
Systems$76.6
 $103.6
Seating321.2
 276.1
Freestanding and storage51.1
 53.0
Other53.9
 59.5
Total International Contract$502.8
 $492.2
    
Retail:   
Seating$261.3
 $235.6
Freestanding and storage66.0
 67.5
Other58.3
 85.4
Total Retail$385.6
 $388.5
    
Total$2,486.6
 $2,567.2

 Year Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019
North America Contract: 
Systems$564.4
Seating501.8
Freestanding and storage384.9
Textiles113.8
Other121.6
Total North America Contract$1,686.5
  
International Contract: 
Systems$103.6
Seating276.1
Freestanding and storage53.0
Other59.5
Total International Contract$492.2
  
Retail: 
Seating$235.6
Freestanding and storage67.5
Other85.4
Total Retail$388.5
  
Total$2,567.2


Refer to Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to our reportable segments.


Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
The Company records contract assets and contract liabilities related to its revenue generating activities. Contract assets include certain receivables from customers that are unconditional as all performance obligations with respect to the contract with the customer have been completed. These amounts represent trade receivables and they are recorded within the caption “Accounts and notes receivable”receivable, net” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The payment terms for the Company's customers differs depending on the type of customer. For third-party dealers and commercial contract customers, standard credit terms apply. Sales transacted through the Company's direct to consumer channels are generally paid for by the customer at point of sale.

Contract assets also include amounts that are conditional because certain performance obligations in the contractcontracts with the customercustomers are incomplete as of the balance sheet date. These contract assets generally arise due to contracts with the customercustomers that include multiple performance obligations, e.g., both the product that is shipped to the customer by the

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries57



Company, as well as installation services provided by independent third-party dealers. For these contracts, the Company recognizes revenue upon satisfaction of the product performance obligation. However, the asset is conditional and the customer is not invoiced by the Company until the installation performance obligation is completed. These contract assets are included in the caption "Unbilled accounts receivable" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until all performance obligations in the contract with the customer have been satisfied.


Contract liabilities represent deposits made by customers before the satisfaction of performance obligation(s) are completeobligation and revenue is recognized.recognition of revenue. Upon completion of the performance obligation(s) that the Company has with the customer based on the terms of the contract, the liability for the customer deposit is relieved and revenue is recognized. These customer deposits are included within the caption “Customer deposits” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company recognized Net sales of $26.9$27.7 million related to customer deposits therethat were included in the balance sheet as of June 2, 2018.1, 2019.




3. Acquisitions and Divestitures
Contract Furniture Dealerships
On July 31, 2017, the Company completed the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Vancouver, Canada for initial cash consideration of $2.0 million. A pre-tax gain of $1.1 million was recognized as a result of the sale within the caption Selling, general and administrative within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

On January 1, 2017, the Company completed the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Pennsylvania in exchange for a $3.0 million note receivable. A pre-tax gain of $0.7 million was recognized as a result of the sale within the caption Selling, general and administrative within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The full balance of the note receivable was paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.


Maars Holding B.V.
On August 31, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired 48.2% of the outstanding equity of Global Holdings Netherlands B.V., which owns 100% of Maars Holding B.V. ("Maars”), a Harderwijk, Netherlands-based worldwide leader in the design and manufacturing of interior wall solutions. The Company acquired its 48.2% ownership interest in Maars for approximately $6.1 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.


For the Maars equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting dateAugust 31, 2018, and the valuation analysis was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.2019.


Nine United Denmark A/S
On June 7, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired 33% of the outstanding equity of Nine United Denmark A/S, d/b/a HAY and subsequently renamed to HAY A/SApS ("HAY”), a Copenhagen, Denmark-based, design leader in furniture and ancillary furnishings for residential and contract markets in Europe and Asia. The Company acquired its 33% ownership interest in HAY for approximately $65.5 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

The Company also acquired the rights to the HAY brand in North America under a long-term license agreement for approximately $4.8 million million in cash. ThisIn the fiscal periods leading up to December 2, 2019 (“Acquisition Date”), the date when the Company purchased an additional 34% equity voting interest in HAY, this licensing agreement iswas recorded as an amortizinga definite life intangible asset and iswas being amortized over its 15-year useful life. This asset iswas also recorded within Other amortizable intangibles, net within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.Sheets as of June 1, 2019.


ForOn December 2, 2019, the HayCompany obtained a controlling financial interest in HAY through the purchase of an additional 34% equity voting interest. The completion of the acquisition will allow the Company to further promote growth and development of HAY's ancillary product lines and continue to support product innovation and sales growth. The Company previously accounted for its ownership interest in HAY as an equity method investment, but upon increasing its ownership to 67% on the fair values assignedAcquisition Date, the Company consolidated the operations of HAY. Total consideration paid for HAY on the Acquisition Date was $79.0 million, exclusive of HAY cash on hand. The Company funded the acquisition with cash and cash equivalents.

The previously mentioned HAY long-term licensing agreement was deemed to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions asbe a contractual preexisting relationship. As a result of the reporting datebusiness combination, the Company recorded this arrangement at its Acquisition Date fair value, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of $10.0 million and a net gain of $5.9 million, which was recorded within “Gain on consolidation of equity method investments" within the valuation analysisConsolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The goodwill was completed inrecorded within the third quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.Company’s Retail segment.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries58



The Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Companyit to purchase an additionalthe remaining 33% of the equity in HAY, at fair market value. These optionsThis remaining redeemable noncontrolling interest in HAY is classified outside permanent equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is carried at the current estimated redemption amount.

The Company is in the process of finalizing assessments for the purpose of allocating the purchase price to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the HAY acquisition. This has the potential to result in adjustments to the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities as accounting policies are harmonized and purchase price allocation assumptions are updated. The refinement of these estimates may impact residual amounts allocated to goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase prices included in the current period balance sheet is based on the best estimates of management and is subject to revision based on final determination of asset fair values and useful lives. As of May 30, 2020, the Company is in the process of finalizing the value associated with certain tax-related matters.

The following table presents the preliminary allocation of purchase price related to acquired tangible assets:
(In millions) 
Cash$12.1
Working capital, net of cash and inventory step-up12.3
Net property and equipment0.9
Other assets3.9
Other liabilities(3.1)
Net assets acquired$26.1

The purchase of the additional equity interest in HAY was considered to be exercisedan acquisition achieved in stages, whereby the previously held equity interest was remeasured as of the acquisition date. The Company considered multiple factors in determining the fair value of the previously held equity method investment, including the price negotiated with the selling shareholder for the 34% equity interest in HAY, an income valuation model (discounted cash flow) and current trading multiples for comparable companies. Based on this analysis, the Company recognized a non-taxable gain of approximately $0.3 million on the remeasurement of the previously held equity method investment of $67.8 million. The net gain has been recognized in “Gain on consolidation of equity method investments" within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

The following table summarizes the acquired identified intangible assets, valuation method employed, useful lives and fair value, as determined by the Company at the acquisition date. Adjustments were made to the fair value of the identified intangible assets during the measurement period ended May 30, 2020 as shown in the table below. Goodwill related to the acquisition was recorded in the amount of $111.1 million and included deferred tax liabilities of $26.2 million, an increase of $6.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, during the measurement period ended May 30, 2020. The changes in fair value of goodwill and the identified intangible assets were due to refinements in the projected cash flow estimates of the individual intangible assets acquired.
     Acquisition Date Fair Value  
(In millions)Valuation Method Useful Life (years) Initial Valuation at February 29, 2020 Adjusted Valuation at May 30, 2020 Measurement Period Adjustments
Inventory Step-upComparative Sales Approach 0.8 $3.4
 $3.4
 $
BacklogMulti-Period Excess Earnings 0.3 3.4
 1.7
 (1.7)
Deferred RevenueAdjusted Fulfillment Cost Method 0.1 (2.0) (2.2) (0.2)
TradenameRelief from Royalty Indefinite 56.0
 60.0
 4.0
Product DevelopmentRelief from Royalty 8.0 21.0
 22.0
 1.0
Customer RelationshipsMulti-Period Excess Earnings 9.0 33.0
 34.0
 1.0
Total    $114.8
 $118.9
 $4.1
Goodwill related to the acquisition was recorded within the International Contract segment for $101.1 million and the Retail segment for $10.0 million.

592020 Annual Report



naughtone
On October 25, 2019 (“Acquisition Date”), the Company purchased the remaining 47.5% equity voting interest in naughtone (Holdings) Limited and naughtone Manufacturing Ltd. (together “naughtone”). naughtone is an upscale, contemporary furniture manufacturer based in Harrogate, North Yorkshire, UK. The completion of the acquisition will allow the Company to further promote growth and development of naughtone's ancillary product lines, and continue to support product innovation and sales growth. The Company previously accounted for its ownership interest in naughtone as an equity method investment. Upon increasing its ownership to 100% on the acquisition date, the Company obtained a period commencing fromcontrolling financial interest and consolidated the thirdoperations of naughtone. Total consideration paid for naughtone on the Acquisition Date was $45.9 million, exclusive of naughtone cash on hand. The Company funded the acquisition with cash and cash equivalents. The allocation of the purchase price was finalized during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

The following table presents the allocation of purchase price related to acquired tangible assets:
(In millions) 
Cash$5.1
Working capital, net of cash and inventory step-up1.3
Net property and equipment0.8
Net assets acquired$7.2

The purchase of the remaining equity interest in naughtone was considered to be an acquisition achieved in stages, whereby the previously held equity interest was remeasured as of the acquisition date. The Company considered multiple factors in determining the fair value of the previously held equity method investment, including the price negotiated with the selling shareholder for the 47.5% equity interest in naughtone, an income valuation model (discounted cash flow) and current trading multiples for comparable companies. Based on this analysis, the Company recognized a non-taxable gain of approximately $30.0 million on the remeasurement of the previously held equity method investment of $20.5 million. The net gain has been recognized in “Gain on consolidation of equity method investments" within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

The following table summarizes the acquired identified intangible assets, valuation method employed, useful lives and fair value, as determined by the Company at the acquisition date:
(In millions)Valuation Method Useful Life (years) Fair Value
Inventory Step-upComparative Sales Approach 0.3 $0.2
BacklogMulti-Period Excess Earnings 0.3 0.8
TradenameRelief from Royalty Indefinite 8.5
Customer RelationshipsMulti-Period Excess Earnings 9.0 29.4
Total    $38.9
Goodwill related to the acquisition was recorded within the North America Contract and International Contract segments for $35.0 million and $22.5 million, respectively.

The Company has finalized allocating the purchase price to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the naughtone acquisition as of May 30, 2020.

Pro Forma Results of Operations
The results of naughtone and HAY’s operations have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on October 25, 2019 and December 2, 2019 respectively. The following table provides pro forma results of operations for the years ended May 30, 2020 and annually thereafter.  June 1, 2019, as if naughtone and HAY had been acquired as of June 3, 2018. The pro forma results include certain purchase accounting adjustments such as the estimated change in depreciation and amortization expense on the acquired tangible and intangible assets acquired. Pro forma results do not include any anticipated cost savings from the planned integration of these acquisitions, or the gain on the consolidation of the HAY and naughtone equity method investments of approximately $36.2 million. Accordingly, such amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the acquisition had occurred on the


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries60



dates indicated or that may result in the future and are inclusive of pre-tax impairment charges of $205.4 million in the year-end May 30, 2020.
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Net sales$2,580.6
 $2,757.3
Net (loss) earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$(46.3) $163.7


4. Inventories
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Finished goods and work in process$151.1
 $139.1
Raw materials46.2

45.1
Total$197.3
 $184.2

(In millions) June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Finished goods and work in process $139.1
 $124.2
Raw materials 45.1
 38.2
Total $184.2
 $162.4


Inventories valued using LIFO amounted to $26.5$24.9 million and $25.5$26.5 million as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively. If all inventories had been valued using the first-in first-out method, inventories would have been $210.8 million and $198.0 million at May 30, 2020 and $175.3 million at June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively.




5. Investments in Nonconsolidated Affiliates
The Company has certain investments in entities that are accounted for using the equity method (“nonconsolidated affiliates”). The investments are included in "Other noncurrent assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the equity earnings are included in "Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax" in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Refer to the tables below for the investment balances that are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and for the equity earnings that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates$12.2
 $89.0
(in millions)June 1, 2019June 2, 2018
Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates$89.0
$16.8

(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax$5.0
 $5.0
 $3.0

(in millions)June 1, 2019June 2, 2018June 3, 2017
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates$5.0
$3.0
$1.6


The Company had an ownership interest in seven5 nonconsolidated affiliates at June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. Refer to the Company's ownership percentages shown below:
Ownership InterestMay 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Kvadrat Maharam Arabia DMCC50.0% 50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Pty Limited50.0% 50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Turkey JSC50.0% 50.0%
Danskina B.V.50.0% 50.0%
Global Holdings Netherlands B.V.48.2% 48.2%

Ownership InterestJune 1, 2019June 2, 2018
Kvadrat Maharam Arabia DMCC50.0%50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Pty Limited50.0%50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Turkey JSC50.0%50.0%
Danskina B.V.50.0%50.0%
Naughtone Holdings Limited*52.5%50.0%
Global Holdings Netherlands B.V.48.2%—%
HAY A/S33.0%—%
*The minority shareholders of Naughtone Holdings Limited have substantive participation rights, including participating in decisions related to hiring, firing, and compensation of executive management, as well as establishing the annual operating budget. As such, the entity is not consolidated.


Kvadrat Maharam
The Kvadrat Maharam nonconsolidated affiliates are distribution entities that are engaged in selling decorative upholstery, drapery and wall covering products. At May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, the Company's investment value in Kvadrat Maharam Pty was $1.8$1.7 million and $1.9$1.8 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, respectively. This difference was driven by a step-up in fair value of the investment in Kvadrat Maharam Pty, stemming from the Maharam business combination. This amount is considered to be a permanent basis difference.

Naughtone
In fiscal 2020 the fourth quarterCompany agreed to fully divest its interest in Kvadrat Maharam Arabia DMCC, Kvadrat Maharam Turkey JSC and Danskina B.V for approximately $3 million. The divestitures are expected to be completed by the end of the first half of fiscal 2019 the Company increased its investment in Naughtone from 50% to 52.5% for approximately $2.0 million. At June 1, 2019, the Company's investment value in Naughtone was $9.8 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.0 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $7.8 million was considered a permanent basis difference.2021.


At June 2, 2018, the Company's investment value in Naughtone was $10.2 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.4 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $7.8 million was considered a permanent basis difference.

612020 Annual Report



Maars
On August 31, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired 48.2% of the outstanding equity of Global Holdings Netherlands B.V., which owns 100% of Maars Holding B.V. ("Maars”), a Harderwijk, Netherlands-based worldwide leader in the design and manufacturing of interior wall solutions. The Company acquired its 48.2% ownership interest in Maars for approximately $6.1 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

For the Maars equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.




As of the August 31, 2018 acquisition date, the Company's investment value in Maars was $3.1 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets. This amount represented the difference between the price that the Company paid to acquire 48.2% of the outstanding equity and the carrying value of the net assets of Maars. Of this difference, $2.7 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $0.4 million was considered a permanent difference.


At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company's investment value in Maars was $2.7$2.5 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.3$2.1 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $0.4 million was considered a permanent basis difference.


naughtone & HAY
On June 7, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary ofAs described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company acquired 33% ofincreased its investment in both naughtone & HAY during the outstanding equity of Nine United Denmark A/S, d/b/year ended May 30, 2020 and obtained a HAY and subsequently renamed to HAY A/S ("HAY”),controlling financial interest over each entity. As a Copenhagen, Denmark-based, design leader in furniture and ancillary furnishings for residential and contract markets in Europe and Asia. The Company acquired its 33% ownership interest in HAY for approximately $65.5 million in cash. The entity isresult, these two entities, which were previously accounted for using theas equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

For the HAY equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.

As of the June 7, 2018 acquisition date,investments, are now included within the Company's investment value in HAY was $62.9 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets. This amount represented the difference between the price that the company paid to acquire 33% of the outstanding equity and the carrying value of the net assets of HAY. Of this difference, $26.6 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets while, $36.3 million was considered a permanent difference.consolidated operations.

At June 1, 2019, the Company's investment value in HAY was $56.8 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $22.6 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $34.2 million was considered a permanent basis difference. The change in the permanent basis difference from the acquisition date is due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.


Transactions with Nonconsolidated Affiliates
Sales to and purchases from nonconsolidated affiliates were as follows for the periods presented below:
(in millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Sales to nonconsolidated affiliates$3.9
 $4.3
 $4.0
$3.6
 $3.9
 $4.3
Purchases from nonconsolidated affiliates$23.0
 $6.8
 $4.2
$5.0
 $23.0
 $6.8


Balances due to or due from nonconsolidated affiliates were as follows for the periods presented below:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Receivables from nonconsolidated affiliates$0.6
 $0.7
Payables to nonconsolidated affiliates$
 $1.2

(in millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Receivables from nonconsolidated affiliates$0.7
 $0.9
Payables to nonconsolidated affiliates$1.2
 $1.0


6. Short-Term Borrowings and Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following obligations:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Debt securities, 6.0%, due March 1, 2021$50.0
 $50.0
Debt securities, 4.95%, due May 20, 203049.9
 
Syndicated Revolving Line of Credit, due August 2024490.0
 225.0
Construction-Type Lease
 6.9
Supplier financing program1.4
 3.1
Total debt$591.3
 $285.0
Less: Current debt(51.4) (3.1)
Long-term debt$539.9
 $281.9

(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Debt securities, 6.0%, due March 1, 2021$50.0
 $50.0
Syndicated Revolving Line of Credit, due September 2021225.0
 225.0
Construction-Type Lease6.9
 7.0
Supplier financing program3.1
 3.8
Total debt$285.0
 $285.8
Less: Current debt(3.1) (10.8)
Long-term debt$281.9
 $275.0




TheAs of June 1, 2019, the Company's syndicated revolving line of credit provided the Company with up to $400 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and included an "accordion feature" allowing the Company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by up to $200 million. On August 28, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment and restatement of its existing

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries62



unsecured credit facility (the "Agreement"). The Agreement, which expires on August 28, 2024, provides the Company with up to $400$500 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an "accordion feature" allowing the Company to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by $200up to $250 million. The facility expires in September 2021 and outstandingOutstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, LIBOR or negotiated rates as outlined in the agreement. Interest is payable periodically throughout the period if borrowings are outstanding.


On January 3, 2018,In March 2020, the Company borrowed $225.0an additional $265 million onfrom its existingsyndicated revolving line of credit. Of these proceeds, $150.0 millioncredit as a precautionary measure to provide additional near-term liquidity given the uncertainty related to COVID-19, which was used to repay its Series B senior notes upon maturity, while the rest of the proceeds was designated for general business purposes.subsequently repaid in June 2020.


As of June 1, 2019, the total debt outstanding related toAvailable borrowings under the syndicated revolving line of credit was $225.0 million. Available borrowings against this facility were $165.0 million due to $10.0 millionoutstanding letters of credit. As of June 2, 2018, available borrowings against this facility were $166.8 million due to $8.2 million related to outstanding letters of credit.as follows for the periods indicated:

(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Syndicated revolving line of credit borrowing capacity$500.0
 $400.0
Less: Borrowings under the syndicated revolving line of credit490.0
 225.0
Less: Outstanding letters of credit9.4
 10.0
Available borrowings under the syndicated revolving line of credit$0.6
 $165.0


The unsecured senior revolving credit facility restrict, without prior consent, ourthe Company's borrowings, capital leases and the sale of certain assets. In addition, we havethe Company has agreed to maintain certain financial performance ratios, which include a maximum leverage ratio covenant, which is measured by the ratio of debt to trailing four quarter adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be less than 3.5:1, except that wethe Company may elect, under certain conditions, to increase the maximum Leverage Ratio to 4:1 for four consecutive fiscal quarter end dates. The covenants also require a minimum interest coverage ratio, which is measured by the ratio of trailing four quarter EBITDA to trailing four quarter interest expense (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be greater than 4:3.5:1. Adjusted EBITDA is generally defined in the credit agreement as EBITDA adjusted by certain items which include non-cash share-based compensation, non-recurring restructuring costs and extraordinary items. At May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all of these restrictions and performance ratios.


On May 20, 2020, the Company entered into a third amendment to its existing Private Shelf Agreement, dated December 14, 2010, as amended (together with the third amendment, the "Agreement"), between the Company and PGIM, Inc. (formerly known as Prudential Investment Management, Inc.) and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Prudential”). The Agreement provides for a $150.0 million revolving facility, which includes $50.0 million of outstanding existing unsecured senior notes that are due on March 1, 2021 (the "Existing Notes") and an additional $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes issued on May 20, 2020 (the "2020 Notes"). The 2020 Notes are due on May 20, 2030 and bear interest at a fixed annual coupon rate of 4.95%. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the 2020 Notes for general corporate purposes and/or to refinance existing indebtedness, including the Existing Notes. The Agreement also establishes an uncommitted shelf facility (the “Facility”), under which Prudential will consider one or more requests from the Company to purchase up to an additional $50.0 million in aggregate amount of the Company’s senior unsecured notes from time to time. The interest rate on any future notes issued under the Facility will be based on the benchmark Treasury rate corresponding to the weighted average life of the notes, plus a spread as determined by Prudential. The Facility will expire on May 20, 2023.

Annual maturities of debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to May 30, 2020 are as shown in the table below.
(In millions) 
2021$51.4
2022$
2023$
2024$
2025$490.0
Thereafter$50.0



632020 Annual Report



Supplier Financing Program
The Company has an agreement with a third partythird-party financial institution to provide a platform that allows certain participating suppliers the ability to finance payment obligations from the Company. Under this program, participating suppliers may finance payment obligations of the Company, prior to their scheduled due dates, at a discounted price to the third partythird-party financial institution.


The Company has lengthened the payment terms for certain suppliers that have chosen to participate in the program. As a result, certain amounts due to suppliers have payment terms that are longer than standard industry practice and as such, these amounts have been excluded from the caption “Accounts payable” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as the amounts have been accounted for by the Company as a current debt obligation. Accordingly, $3.1$1.4 million and $3.8$3.1 million have been recorded within the caption “Other accrued liabilities”“Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt” for the periods ended May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively.


Construction-Type Lease
During fiscal 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement for the occupancy of a new studio facility in Palo Alto, California which runs through fiscal 2026. In fiscal 2017, the Company became the deemed owner of the leased building for accounting purposes as a result of the Company's involvement during the construction phase of the project. The lease iswas therefore accounted for as a financing transactionlease and the building and related financing liability were initially recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets within both Construction in progress and Other accrued liabilities. The fair value of the building and financing liability was determined through a blend of an income approach, comparable property sales approach and a replacement cost approach.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, the construction was substantially completed, and the property was placed in service. As a result, the Company began depreciating the assets over their estimated useful lives. The Company also reclassified the related financing liability to Long-term debt. Additionally, the Company began allocating its monthly lease payments between land rent, which is recorded as an operating lease expense, interest expense and the reduction of the related lease obligation. The imputed interest rate on the financing liability is 2.9%, the Company's incremental borrowing rate. The carrying value of the building was $6.7 million and the related financing liability was $6.9 million at June 1, 2019. As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company derecognized its construction-type lease asset and financing liability and there was 0 related cumulative adjustment to retained earnings.

7. Leases
Impact of Adoption
The carryingCompany adopted ASC 842 - Leases at the beginning of fiscal year 2020. The new standard required the Company to recognize most leases on the balance sheet as right of use (ROU) assets with corresponding lease liabilities. All necessary changes required by the new standard, including those to the Company’s accounting policies, business processes, systems, controls and disclosures were implemented as of the first quarter of fiscal year 2020.

As part of the implementation process the Company made the following elections:

The Company elected the package of practical expedients to not reassess prior conclusions related to contracts containing leases, lease classification and initial direct costs for all leases.
The Company elected to make the accounting policy election for short-term leases resulting in lease costs being recorded as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company elected to not separate lease and non-lease components, for all leases.
The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient in determining the lease term and in assessing the likelihood that a lessee purchase option will be exercised, for all leases.
The Company did not elect the land easement practical expedient in determining whether land easements that were not previously accounted for as leases are or contain a lease.

Upon adoption, the cumulative effect of initially applying this new standard resulted in the addition of approximately $245 million of ROU assets, as well as corresponding short-term and long-term lease liabilities of approximately $275 million. Additionally, as a result of adoption, the Company derecognized its construction-type lease asset and financing liability and there was 0 related cumulative adjustment to retained earnings.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries64



Accounting Policies
The Company has leases for retail studios, showrooms, manufacturing facilities, warehouses and vehicles, which expire at various dates through 2036. Certain lease agreements include contingent rental payments based on per unit usage over a contractual amount and others include rental payments adjusted periodically for inflationary indexes.

Variable lease costs associated with the Company’s leases are recognized when the event, activity, or circumstance in the lease agreement on which those payments are assessed occurs. Variable lease costs are presented as operating expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income in the same line item as the expense arising from fixed lease payments for operating leases.

Additionally, certain leases include renewal or termination options, which can be exercised at the Company’s discretion. Lease terms include the noncancelable portion of the underlying leases along with any reasonably certain lease periods associated with available renewal periods. The Company’s leases do not contain any residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at contract inception. Arrangements that are leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. If leased assets have leasehold improvements, the depreciable life of those leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term.

As none of the Company’s leases provide an implicit discount rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the buildinglease payments. Relevant information used in determining the Company’s incremental borrowing rate includes the duration of the lease, location of the lease, and the related financing liabilityCompany’s credit risk relative to risk-free market rates.

Leases
During the year ended May 30, 2020, lease expense was $62.1 million. The components of lease expense were both $7.0 million at June 2, 2018.as follows:

Annual maturities of debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to June 1, 2019 are as shown
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020
Operating lease costs$51.3
Short-term lease costs2.6
Variable lease costs*8.2
Total$62.1
*Not included in the table below.above for the year ended May 30, 2020 are variable lease costs of $81.3 million for raw material purchases under certain supply arrangements that the Company has determined to meet the definition of a lease.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of certain right of use assets were below their carrying values and assessed these assets for impairment. As result of this assessment the Company recorded an impairment of $19.3 million in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive income.


652020 Annual Report



At May 30, 2020, the Company has no financing leases. The undiscounted annual future minimum lease payments related to the Company's right-of-use assets are summarized by fiscal year in the following table:
(In millions) 
2020$3.1
2021$50.0
2022$225.0
2023$
2024$
Thereafter$6.9

(In millions) 
2021$48.5
202244.8
202340.2
202434.5
202530.5
Thereafter71.9
Total lease payments*270.4
Less interest26.5
Present value of lease liabilities$243.9

*Lease payments exclude $30.6 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced, primarily related to a new Chicago showroom expected to open in fiscal 2021.
7. Operating Leases

The Company leases real propertylong-term portion of the lease liabilities included in the amounts above is $178.8 million and equipment under agreements that expire on various dates. Certain leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the Company to pay utilities, insurance, taxes, and other operating expenses.remainder of the lease liabilities are included in Other accrued liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.


FutureThe following table summarizes future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have non-cancelable lease terms as of June 1, 2019,, are as follows: prior to the adoption of ASC 842:
(In millions)  
2020$51.7
$51.7
2021$46.8
46.8
2022$42.9
42.9
2023$39.0
39.0
2024$33.5
33.5
Thereafter$101.9
101.9
Total$315.8


Total rental expense charged to operationsAt May 30, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rate for operating leases were 7 years and 3.1%, respectively.
During the year ended May 30, 2020, the cash paid for leases included in the measurement of the liabilities and the operating cash flows was $55.9$49.2 million $49.3 millionand $45.3 million,the right of use assets obtained in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Substantially all such rental expense represented the minimum rental payments under operating leases.exchange for new liabilities was $13.4 million.




8. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company maintains retirement benefit plans for substantially all of its employees.


Pension Plans and Post-Retirement Medical InsurancePlan
The Company offers certain employees retirement benefits under domestic defined benefit plans. The Company provides healthcare benefits to employees who retired from service on or before a qualifying date in 1998. AsOne of the qualifying date, the Company discontinued offering post-retirement medical to future retirees. Benefits to qualifying retirees under this plan are based on the employee's years of service and age at the date of retirement. In addition to the domestic pension and retiree healthcare plan, one of the Company's wholly owned foreign subsidiaries has a defined-benefit pension plan based upon an average final pay benefit calculation. The measurement date for the Company's remaining domestic and international pension plans, as well as its post-retirement medicalthis plan is the last day of the fiscal year.year and the plan is frozen to new participants.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries66



Benefit Obligations and Funded Status
The following table presents, for the fiscal years noted, a summary of the changes in the projected benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Company's domestic and international pension plans and post-retirement plan:
Pension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
2019 2018 2019 2018Pension Benefit
(In millions)Domestic International Domestic International    2020 2019
Change in benefit obligation:              
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$1.0
 $105.9
 $1.0
 $113.8
 $4.0
 $5.0
$109.1
 $105.9
Interest cost
 2.7
 0.1
 2.7
 0.1
 0.1
2.4

2.7
Plan Amendments
 0.9
 
 
 
 


0.9
Foreign exchange impact
 (6.0) 
 4.2
 
 
(2.9) (6.0)
Actuarial loss (gain)0.1
 9.7
 
 (12.2) (0.3) (0.5)21.0
 9.7
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.1) (0.1) (2.6) (0.5) (0.6)(3.1) (4.1)
Benefit obligation at end of year$1.0
 $109.1
 $1.0
 $105.9
 $3.3
 $4.0
$126.5
 $109.1
              
Change in plan assets:              
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$
 $94.6
 $
 $80.5
 $
 $
$88.2

$94.6
Actual return on plan assets
 2.5
 
 1.2
 
 
4.7
 2.5
Foreign exchange impact
 (5.1) 
 2.8
 
 
(2.0) (5.1)
Employer contributions0.1
 0.3
 0.1
 12.7
 0.5
 0.6
0.3
 0.3
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.1) (0.1) (2.6) (0.5) (0.6)(3.1) (4.1)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$
 $88.2
 $
 $94.6
 $
 $
$88.1
 $88.2
              
Funded status:              
Under funded status at end of year$(1.0) $(20.9) $(1.0) $(11.3) $(3.3) $(4.0)$(38.4) $(20.9)
              
Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:    Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Current liabilities$(0.1) $
 $(0.1) $
 $(0.6) $(0.6)$
 $
Non-current liabilities$(0.9) $(20.9) $(0.9) $(11.3) $(2.7) $(3.4)$(38.3) $(20.9)
              
Components of the amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss before the effect of income taxes:
Prior service cost$
 $0.8
 $
 $
 $
 $
$0.7
 $0.8
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)$0.3
 $47.3
 $0.3
 $40.8
 $(1.3) $(1.1)$63.2
 $47.3
Accumulated other comprehensive loss$0.3
 $48.1
 $0.3
 $40.8
 $(1.3) $(1.1)$63.9
 $48.1

The Company retrospectively adopted ASU 2017-07 - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost on June 3, 2018. As the Company's pension and post retirement medical plans are frozen and not open to new plan participants, these plans no longer have a service component in net periodic benefit cost. Prior to adoption, the Company recorded net periodic benefit costs related to its defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans within Selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of adoption, these costs are recorded within Other, net. The Company retrospectively reclassified $1.4 million and $0.3 million of net periodic benefit cost in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively, from Selling, general and administrative to Other, net.



The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company's domestic pension benefit plansplan totaled$1.0123.9 million as of the end of both fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. For its international plans, the accumulated benefit obligation totaled$105.4 million and $102.2$105.4 million as of fiscal 20192020 and fiscal 2018,2019, respectively. The following table summarizes the totals for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets
(In millions)2019 2018
Projected benefit obligation$110.1
 $106.9
Accumulated benefit obligation$106.4
 $103.1
Fair value of plan assets$88.2
 $94.6


The following table is a summary of the annual cost of the Company's pension and post-retirement plans:plan:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
(In millions)2020 2019 2018
Interest cost$2.4
 $2.7
 $2.7
Expected return on plan assets(4.4) (4.5) (5.6)
Amortization of prior service costs0.1
 0.1
 
Amortization of net (gain)/loss3.2
 2.7
 4.2
Net periodic benefit cost$1.3
 $1.0
 $1.3

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
 Pension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)2019 2018 2017 2019 2018 2017
Domestic:           
Interest cost$
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.2
Net periodic benefit cost$
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.2
            
International:           
Interest cost$2.7
 $2.7
 $2.7
      
Expected return on plan assets(4.5) (5.6) (4.7)      
Net amortization2.8
 4.2
 2.2
      
Net periodic benefit cost$1.0
 $1.3
 $0.2
      


Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
(In millions)2020 2019
Net actuarial (gain) loss$20.6
 $11.7
Net amortization(4.8) (2.7)
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss$15.8
 $9.0

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
 Pension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)2019 2018 2019 2018
Domestic:       
Net actuarial gain$0.1
 $
 $(0.3) $(0.5)
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss$0.1
 $
 $(0.3) $(0.5)
        
International:       
Net actuarial (gain) loss$11.7
 $(7.7)    
Net amortization(2.7) (4.2)    
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss$9.0
 $(11.9)    


The net actuarial loss, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pretax), expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2021 is $4.9million.

672020 is$3.3 million.Annual Report



Actuarial Assumptions
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation amounts and the net periodic benefit cost for the Company's pension and post-retirement plansplan are as follows:
Weighted-average assumptions used in the determination of net periodic benefit cost:
(Percentages)2020 2019 2018
Discount rate2.39 2.87 2.49
Compensation increase rate3.20 3.10 3.25
Expected return on plan assets4.80 4.80 6.10
      
Weighted-average assumptions used in the determination of the projected benefit obligations:
Discount rate1.66 2.39 2.87
Compensation increase rate2.75 3.20 3.10

The weighted-average used in the determination of net periodic benefit cost:
 2019 2018 2017
(Percentages)Domestic International Domestic International Domestic International
Discount rate3.99 2.87 3.53 2.49 3.51 3.43
Compensation increase raten/a 3.10 n/a 3.25 n/a 2.95
Expected return on plan assetsn/a 4.80 n/a 6.10 n/a 6.10
            
The weighted-average used in the determination of the projected benefit obligations:
Discount rate3.47 2.39 3.99 2.87 3.53 2.49
Compensation increase raten/a 3.20 n/a 3.10 n/a 3.25




The Company uses a full yield curve approach to estimate the interest component of net periodic benefit cost for pension and other postretirement benefits. This method applies the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.

In calculating post-retirement benefit obligations for fiscal 2020, a 6.7 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2019, decreasing gradually to 4.3 percent by 2038 and remaining at that level thereafter. For purposes of calculating post-retirement benefit costs, a 7.1 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2019, decreasing gradually to 4.3 percent by 2038 and remaining at that level thereafter.

Changes in assumed health care cost-trend rates is not expected to have a significant impact on the post-employment liability.


Plan Assets and Investment Strategies
The Company's international employee benefit plan assets consist mainly of listed fixed income obligations and common/collective trusts. The Company's primary objective for invested pension plan assets is to provide for sufficient long-term growth and liquidity to satisfy all of its benefit obligations over time. Accordingly, the Company has developed an investment strategy that it believes maximizes the probability of meeting this overall objective. This strategy includes the development of a target investment allocation by asset category in order to provide guidelines for making investment decisions. This target allocation emphasizes the long-term characteristics of individual asset classes as well as the diversification among multiple asset classes. In developing its strategy, the Company considered the need to balance the varying risks associated with each asset class with the long-term nature of its benefit obligations. The Company's strategy moving forward will be to increase the level of fixed income investments as the funding status improves, thereby more closely matching the return on assets with the liabilities of the plans.


The Company utilizes independent investment managers to assist with investment decisions within the overall guidelines of the investment strategy. The target asset allocation at the end of fiscal 20192020 and asset categories for the Company's primary international pension plan for fiscal 20192020 and 20182019 are as follows:
Asset CategoryTargeted Asset Allocation Percentage Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End
2020 2019 2020 2019
Fixed income35% 35% 37% 33%
Common collective trusts65% 65% 63% 67%
Total    100% 100%
        
(In millions)  May 30, 2020
Asset Category  Level 1 Level 2 Total
Foreign government obligations  
 31.4
 31.4
Common collective trusts-balanced  
 56.7
 56.7
Total  $
 $88.1
 $88.1
        
(In millions)  June 1, 2019
Asset Category  Level 1 Level 2 Total
Foreign government obligations  
 29.3
 29.3
Common collective trusts-balanced  
 58.9
 58.9
Total  $
 $88.2
 $88.2


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries68


Asset CategoryTargeted Asset Allocation Percentage Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End
2019 2018 2019 2018
Fixed income35 35 33
 36
Common collective trusts65 65 67
 64
Total    100
 100
        
(In millions)  International Plan as of June 1, 2019
Asset Category  Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents  $
 $
 $
Foreign government obligations  
 29.3
 29.3
Common collective trusts-balanced  
 58.9
 58.9
Total  $
 $88.2
 $88.2
        
(In millions)  International Plan as of June 2, 2018
Asset Category  Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents  $0.2
 $
 $0.2
Foreign government obligations  
 33.4
 33.4
Common collective trusts-balanced  
 61.0
 61.0
Total  $0.2
 $94.4
 $94.6


Cash Flows
The Company reviews pension funding requirements to determine the contribution to be made in the next year. Actual contributions will be dependent upon investment returns, changes in pension obligations and other economic and regulatory factors. During fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, the Company made total cash contributions of $0.9 million to its benefit plans. In fiscal 2018, the Company made total cash contributions of $13.4 million to its benefit plans.




The following represents a summary of the benefits expected to be paid by the plansplan in future fiscal years. These expected benefits were estimated based on the same actuarial valuation assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020.
(In millions)Pension Benefits
2021$2.4
2022$2.4
2023$2.5
2024$2.5
2025$2.6
2026-2030$13.9

(In millions)Pension Benefits Domestic Pension Benefits International Post-Retirement Benefits
2020$0.1
 $1.8
 $0.5
2021$0.1
 $1.9
 $0.4
2022$0.1
 $2.3
 $0.4
2023$0.1
 $2.1
 $0.4
2024$0.1
 $2.3
 $0.3
2025-2029$0.3
 $16.7
 $1.1


Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan, and Core Contribution
Substantially all of the Company’s domestic employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan, primarily the Herman Miller, Inc. profit sharing and 401(k) plan (the "plan"). Employees under the plan are eligible to begin participating on their date of hire. Until June 4, 2017, the plan provided for discretionary contributions for eligible participants, payable in the Company's common stock, of not more than 6 percent of employees' wages based on the Company's financial performance. Effective June 4, 2017, the Company discontinued the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution and instead, began allocating those funds to other components of pay and retirement. Under the plan the Company matches 100 percent of employee contributions to their 401(k) accounts up to 3 percent of their pay. Effective September 3, 2017, the Companypay which was subsequently increased the Employer Matching Contribution from 3 percent to 4 percent in September 2017 for all eligible employees. A core contribution of 4 percent is also included for most participants of the plan. There was an additional 1 percent contribution added to the quarterly Core Contribution for the quarter prior to the increased Employer Matching Contribution effective September 3, 2017. The Company’s other defined contribution retirement plans may provide for matching contributions, non-elective contributionsDuring the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company elected to temporarily suspend the Company's Core Contribution and discretionary contributions as declared by management.401(k) matches in order to reduce costs and preserve liquidity.


The cost of theThere were 0 Herman Miller, Inc. profit sharing contribution duringcontributions made in fiscal 2017 was $6.0 million. No profit sharing contribution was made in2020, fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2018. The expense recorded for the Company's 401(k) matching contributions and core contributions was approximately $25.4$22.2 million,, $24.9 $25.4 million and $22.8$24.9 million in fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, and 2017, respectively.


9. Common Stock and Per Share Information
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the calculations of basic and diluted EPS for each of the last three fiscal years:
(In millions, except shares)2020 2019 2018
Numerator:     
Numerator for both basic and diluted EPS, Net (loss) earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$(9.1) $160.5
 $128.1
      
Denominator:     
Denominator for basic EPS, weighted-average common shares outstanding58,920,653
 59,011,945
 59,681,268
Potentially dilutive shares resulting from stock plans
 369,846
 630,037
Denominator for diluted EPS58,920,653
 59,381,791
 60,311,305

(In millions, except shares)2019 2018 2017
Numerator:     
Numerator for both basic and diluted EPS, Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$160.5
 $128.1
 $123.9
      
Denominator:     
Denominator for basic EPS, weighted-average common shares outstanding59,011,945
 59,681,268
 59,871,805
Potentially dilutive shares resulting from stock plans369,846
 630,037
 682,784
Denominator for diluted EPS59,381,791
 60,311,305
 60,554,589


Equity awards of 142,224 shares, 218,037 shares and 348,089 shares and 764,154 sharesof common stock were excluded from the denominator for the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, and June 3, 2017, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. The Company has certain share-based payment awards that meet the definition of participating securities.



692020 Annual Report



Common Stock
The Company has twoa share repurchase plansplan authorized by the Board of Directors on September 25, 2007 and January 16, 2019, which provideprovides a share repurchase authorization of $550.0$250.0 million with no specified expiration date. The approximate dollar value of shares available for purchase under the plansplan at June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 was $264.2$237.6 million. During fiscal year 2020, 2019,, 2018, and 2017,2018, shares repurchased and retired under the current and past repurchase plans totaled 641,192, 1,326,023, 1,356,156, and 765,5561,356,156 shares respectively.




10. Stock-Based Compensation
The Company utilizes equity-based compensation incentives as a component of its employee and non-employee director and officer compensation philosophy. Currently, these incentives consist principally of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. The Company also offers a stock purchase plan for its domestic and certain international employees. The Company issues shares in connection with its share-based compensation plans from authorized, but unissued, shares. At June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 there were 5,991,307 shares authorized under the various stock-based compensation plans.


Valuation and Expense Information
The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on their grant-date fair market value. This cost is recognized over the requisite service period.


Certain of the Company's equity-based compensation awards contain provisions that allow for continued vesting into retirement. Stock-based awards are considered fully vested for expense attribution purposes when the employee's retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service.


The Company classifies pre-tax stock-based compensation expense primarily within Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Pre-tax compensation expense and the related income tax benefit for all types of stock-based programs waswere as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Employee stock purchase program$0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
Stock option plans0.6
 (0.4) 2.6
Restricted stock units3.9
 4.6
 3.9
Performance share units(2.1) 2.8
 0.9
Total$2.7
 $7.3
 $7.7
Tax benefit$0.5
 $1.6
 $2.3
(In millions) June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Employee stock purchase program $0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
Stock option plans (0.4) 2.6
 2.0
Restricted stock units 4.6
 3.9
 3.6
Performance share units 2.8
 0.9
 2.8
Total $7.3
 $7.7
 $8.7
       
Tax benefit $1.6
 $2.3
 $3.1

As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, total pre-tax stock-based compensation cost not yet recognized related to non-vested awards was approximately $7.1$3.2 million. The weighted-average period over which this amount is expected to be recognized is 0.961.2 years.


Employee Stock Purchase Program
Under the terms of the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 4 million shares of authorized common stock were reserved for purchase by plan participants at 85 percent of the market price. Shares of common stock purchased under the employee stock purchase plan were 70,145, 62,957, 67,335, and 68,54767,335 for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019 2018 and 20172018 respectively.


Stock Option PlansOptions
The Company grants options to purchase the Company's stock to certain key employees and non-employee directors under its Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the "LTIP") at a price not less than the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Under the current award program, all options become exercisable between one year and three years from date of grant and expire ten years from date of grant. Most options are subject to graded vesting with the related compensation expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.





Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries70



In fiscal 2020 there were no stock option grants awarded to employees or non-employee directors. In fiscal 2019 there were two separate stock option valuation dates. Therefore the table below has been presented with the assumptions relevant to each valuation date. The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. In determining these values, the following weighted-average assumptions were used for the options granted during the fiscal years indicated:
 2020 2019 2018
Risk-free interest rates (1)
N/A 2.65-2.70%
 1.79%
Expected term of options (2)
N/A 4.4 years
 4.6 years
Expected volatility (3)
N/A 27% 26%
Dividend yield (4)
N/A 2.18-2.33%
 2.23%
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options:     
Granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grantN/A $8.05
 $6.39
 2019 2018 2017
Risk-free interest rates (1)
2.65-2.70%
 1.79% 1.01%
Expected term of options (2)
4.4 years
 4.6 years
 4.0 years
Expected volatility (3)
27% 26% 26%
Dividend yield (4)
2.18-2.33%
 2.23% 2.13%
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options:     
Granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant$8.05
 $6.39
 $5.50

(1) Represents term-matched, zero-coupon risk-free rate from the Treasury Constant Maturity yield curve, continuously compounded.
(2) Represents historical settlement data, using midpoint scenario with 1-year grant date filter assumption for outstanding options.
(3) The blended volatility approach was used. 90% term-matched historical volatility from daily stock prices and 10% percent weighted average implied volatility from the 90 days preceding the grant date.
(4) Represents the quarterly dividend divided by the three-month average stock price as of the grant date, annualized and continuously compounded.


The following is a summary of the transactions under the Company's stock option plans:plan:
 Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 1, 2019790,059
 $32.17
 $3.0
 5.8
Exercised(423,815) $31.63
    
Forfeited or expired(4,828) $33.38
    
Outstanding at May 30, 2020361,416
 $32.80
 $0.2
 5.8
Ending vested + expected to vest361,416
 $32.80
 $0.2
 5.8
Exercisable at end of period186,952
 $29.80
 $0.2
 5.2

 Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 2, 20181,063,249
 $30.33
 $2.9
 7.45
     Granted at market156,008
 $38.23
    
     Exercised(347,248) $28.84
    
     Forfeited or expired(81,950) $33.94
    
Outstanding at June 1, 2019790,059
 $32.17
 $3.0
 5.81
Ending vested + expected to vest790,059
 $32.17
 $3.0
 5.81
Exercisable at end of period282,985
 $28.51
 $2.0
 4.42


The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding stock options at June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 was 1.121.0 years. The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 and 2017 was $5.5 million, $3.3 million $5.0 million and $1.3$5.0 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company's closing stock price as of the end of the period presented, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised in-the-money options as of that date. Total cash received during fiscal 20192020 from the exercise of stock options was approximately $10$12 million.


Restricted Stock Units
The Company grants restricted stock units to certain key employees.employees under its LTIP. This program provides that the actual number of restricted stock units awarded is based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation divided by the fair value of the Company's stock on the date of grant. The awards generally cliff-vest after a three-year service period, with prorated vesting under certain circumstances and full or partial accelerated vesting upon retirement. Each restricted stock unit represents one1 equivalent share of the Company's common stock to be awarded, free of restrictions, after the vesting period. Compensation expense related to these awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which includes any applicable performance period. Dividend equivalent awards are credited quarterly. The units do not entitle participants to the rights of stockholders of common stock, such as voting rights, until shares are issued after vesting.

712020 Annual Report



The following is a summary of restricted stock unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
 
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 1, 2019311,281
 $33.93
 $11.0
 1.1
Granted90,551
 $44.70
    
Forfeited(14,378) $40.07
    
Released(143,680) $34.79
 
  
Outstanding at May 30, 2020243,774
 $37.02
 $5.6
 1.3
Ending vested + expected to vest240,824
 $37.00
 $5.5
 1.3

 
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 2, 2018481,027
 $32.20
 $15.8
 1.28
Granted91,304
 $37.81
    
Forfeited(31,922) $35.94
    
Released(229,128) $31.40
    
Outstanding at June 1, 2019311,281
 $33.93
 $11.0
 1.10
Ending vested + expected to vest311,281
 $33.93
 $11.0
 1.10




The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding restricted stock units at June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, was 0.991.2 years. The fair value of the share units that vested during the twelve months ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, was $8.4$5.9 million. The weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $44.70, $37.81 and 2017 was $37.81, $35.28 and $31.83 respectively.


Performance Share Units
The Company grants performance share units to certain key employees.employees under its LTIP. The number of units initially awarded was based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation, divided by the fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Each unit represents one1 equivalent share of the Company's common stock. The number of common shares ultimately issued in connection with these performance share units is determined based on the Company's financial performance over the related three-year service period or the Company's financial performance based on certain total shareholder return results as compared to a selected group of peer companies. Compensation expense is determined based on the grant-date fair value and the number of common shares projected to be issued and is recognized over the requisite service period.


The following is a summary of performance share unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
 
Share
Units
 Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 1, 2019323,356
 $33.48
 $11.5
 1.1
Granted188,719
 $45.71
    
Forfeited(127,538) $31.79
    
Outstanding at May 30, 2020384,537
 $37.95
 $8.9
 1.3
Ending vested + expected to vest384,537
 $37.95
 $8.9
 1.3

 
Share
Units
 Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value 
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (in millions)
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 2, 2018374,560
 $30.76
 $12.3
 1.01
Granted207,568
 $36.37
    
Forfeited(19,093) $35.90
    
Released(239,679) $31.55
    
Outstanding at June 1, 2019323,356
 $33.48
 $11.5
 1.13
Ending vested + expected to vest323,356
 $33.48
 $11.5
 1.13


The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding performance share units at June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, was 1.061.3 years. The fair value for shares that vested during the twelve months ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, was $9.3 million.0. The weighted average grant-date fair value of performance share units granted during 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $36.37, $31.28, and $29.40 respectively.

Herman Miller Consumer Holdings Stock (HMCH) Option Plan
Certain employees were granted options to purchase stock of HMCH at a price not less than the market price of HMCH common stock on the date of grant. For the grants of options under the award program, options are potentially exercisable between one year and five years from date of grant and expire at the end of the window period that follows the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Vesting is based on the performance of HMCH over a period of five years. Certain of these options have been classified as liability awards as the holders have the right to put the underlying shares to the Company immediately upon exercise. Given this, the awards are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period and compensation expense is adjusted accordingly to reflect the fair value over the requisite service period. The Company estimates the issuance date fair value of HMCH stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. In fiscal 2019 the options did not meet their performance targets resulting in cancellation of awards and reversal of the related expense and liability. The expense reversal for these awards was $1.1 million during fiscal2020, 2019, and the related liability for these awards2018 was zero as of the end of fiscal 2019.$45.71, $36.37, and $31.28 respectively.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to value the liability associated with HMCH stock options as of June 2, 2018:
2018
Risk-free interest rates (1)
2.29%
Expected term of options (2)
1.1 years
Expected volatility (3)
35%
Dividend yieldnot applicable
Strike price30.64
Per share value (4)
8.24
(1) Represents the U.S. Treasury yield over the same period as the expected option term.
(2) Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
(3) Amount is determined based on analysis of historical price volatility of the common stock of peer companies over a period equal to the expected term of the options.
(4) Based on the Black-Scholes formula.



 Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at June 2, 2018544,126
 $24.04
 $3.6
 1.20
     Exercised(4,861) $7.82
    
     Forfeited(468,558) $24.39
    
Outstanding at June 1, 201970,707
 $22.80
 $0.5
 0.20
Exercisable at end of period70,707
 $22.80
 $0.5
 0.20

The outstanding balance at June 1, 2019 in the preceding table represents fully vested options. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the HMCH market price, less the strike price, as of the end of the period presented, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised in-the-money options as of that date.


Deferred Compensation Plan
The Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan is a supplemental deferred compensation plan and was made available for salary deferrals and Company contributions beginning in January 2008. The plan is available to a select group of management or highly compensated employees who are selected for participation by the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The plan allows participants to defer up to 50 percent of their base salary and up to 100 percent of their incentive cash bonus. Company contributions to the plan “mirror” the amounts the Company would have contributed to the various qualified retirement plans had the employee's compensation not been above the IRS statutory ceiling ($280,000285,000 in 2019)2020). The Company does not guarantee a rate of return for these funds. Instead, participants make investment elections for their deferrals and Company contributions. Investment options are the same asclosely aligned to those available under the Herman Miller Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, except for Company stock, which is not an investment option under this plan.Plan.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries72



The Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan allows the Board of Directors of the Company to defer a portion of their annual director fee. Investment options are the same as those available under the Herman Miller Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, including Company stock.


In accordance with the terms of the Executive Equalization Plan and Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan, the salary and bonus deferrals, Company contributions and director fee deferrals have been placed in a Rabbi trust. The assets in the Rabbi trust remain subject to the claims of creditors of the Company and are not the property of the participant. Investments in securities other than the Company's common stock are included within the Other assets line item, while investments in the Company's stock are included in the line item Key executive deferredDeferred compensation plan in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. A liability of the same amount is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within the Other liabilities line item. Investment assets are classified as trading, and accordingly,asset realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the Interest and other investment income line item. The associated changes to the liability are recorded as compensation expense within the Selling, general and administrative line item within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The net effect of any change to the asset and corresponding liability is offset and has no impact on Net earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


Director Fees
Company directors may elect to receive their director fees in one or more of the following forms: cash, deferred compensation in the form of shares or other selected investment funds, unrestricted Company stock at the market value at the date of election or stock options that vest in one year and expire in ten years. The exercise price of the stock options granted may not be less than the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Under the plan, the Board members received the following shares or options in the fiscal years indicated:
 2020 2019 2018
Shares of common stock7,769
 10,185
 8,828
Shares through the deferred compensation program1,045
 7,619
 2,207

  2019 2018 2017
Shares of common stock 10,185
 8,828
 9,982
Shares through the deferred compensation program 7,619
 2,207
 2,582




11. Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law in the United States. The effects of the Act included the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent and a new participation exemption system of taxation on foreign earnings, among other provisions.


In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 118, for the year ended June 2, 2018, the Company recorded a provisional tax benefit of $3.1 million from the impact of the Act, primarily related to the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and the remeasurement of current and deferred tax liabilities. Subsequently, as the U.S. Treasury Department issued additional guidance, the Company recorded adjustments to the provisional tax benefit. During the year ended June 1, 2019, the Company completed its accounting for all the effects of the Act and recorded adjustments to the provisional amounts primarily for the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and also an adjustment related to foreign tax credits to increase the income tax benefit from the Act by $1.0 million.

The U.S. Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service are expected to continue issuing additional guidance related to the Act, which could have a material impact to the provision for income taxes. If applicable, the Company would recognize any adjustments in the provision for income taxes in the period additional guidance is issued.


For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy electionCompany elected to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company will account for tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred.


The components of (loss) earnings before income taxes are as follows:
(In millions)2020 2019 2018
Domestic$(75.6) $136.2
 $121.6
Foreign62.2
 58.9
 46.5
Total$(13.4) $195.1
 $168.1



732020 Annual Report


(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Domestic$136.2
 $121.6
 $131.4
Foreign58.9
 46.5
 46.2
Total$195.1
 $168.1
 $177.6


The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
(In millions)2020 2019 2018
Current: Domestic - Federal$12.0
 $19.0
 $30.2
Domestic - State5.7
 6.4
 4.3
Foreign13.3
 12.9
 10.7
 31.0
 38.3
 45.2
Deferred: Domestic - Federal(16.8) 1.0
 (4.1)
Domestic - State(3.9) (0.2) 0.1
Foreign(4.3) 0.5
 1.2
 (25.0) 1.3
 (2.8)
Total income tax provision$6.0
 $39.6
 $42.4

(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Current: Domestic - Federal$19.0
 $30.2
 $28.7
Domestic - State6.4
 4.3
 2.3
Foreign12.9
 10.7
 11.1
 38.3
 45.2
 42.1
Deferred: Domestic - Federal1.0
 (4.1) 9.2
Domestic - State(0.2) 0.1
 2.8
Foreign0.5
 1.2
 1.0
 1.3
 (2.8) 13.0
Total income tax provision$39.6
 $42.4
 $55.1




The following table represents a reconciliation of income taxes at the United States statutory rate of 21% for 2020 and 2019, and 29.1% for 2018 and 35% for 2017 with the effective tax rate as follows:
(In millions)2020 2019 2018
Income taxes computed at the United States Statutory rate$(2.8) $41.0
 $49.0
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:     
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit1.4
 4.9
 3.3
Non-deductible goodwill impairment17.1
 
 
Gain on consolidation of equity method investments(5.5) 
 
Remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the Tax Act
 (0.2) (8.9)
U.S. tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings due to the Tax Act
 (2.6) 9.0
Foreign-derived intangible income(1.4) (3.1) 
Global intangible low-taxed income5.9
 6.9
 
Foreign statutory rate differences0.7
 1.9
 (4.0)
Manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004
 
 (2.7)
Research and development credit(4.4) (5.3) (4.2)
Foreign offshore income claim(1.7) (0.7) 
Foreign tax credit(5.8) (5.7) (2.4)
Foreign withholding taxes and other miscellaneous foreign taxes2.7
 0.8
 1.9
Other, net(0.2) 1.7
 1.4
Income tax expense$6.0
 $39.6
 $42.4
Effective tax rate(44.9)% 20.3% 25.2%



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries74


(In millions) 2019 2018 2017
Income taxes computed at the United States Statutory rate $41.0
 $49.0
 $62.2
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:      
Remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the Tax Act (0.2) (8.9) 
U.S. tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings due to the Tax Act (2.6) 9.0
 
Foreign-derived intangible income (3.1) 
 
Global intangible low-taxed income 6.9
 
 
Foreign statutory rate differences 1.9
 (4.0) (5.7)
Manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 
 (2.7) (3.4)
State taxes 4.9
 3.3
 3.8
United Kingdom patent box deduction for research and development (1.9) (1.8) (2.6)
Research and development credit (3.4) (2.4) (1.4)
Foreign tax credit (5.7) (2.4) (0.6)
Other, net 1.8
 3.3
 2.8
Income tax expense $39.6
 $42.4
 $55.1
Effective tax rate 20.3% 25.2% 31.1%


The tax effects and types of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, are as follows:
(In millions)2020 2019
Deferred tax assets:   
Compensation-related accruals$14.2
 $13.1
Accrued pension and post-retirement benefit obligations9.6
 7.2
Deferred revenue3.7
 6.1
Inventory related3.9
 1.2
Other reserves and accruals7.9
 8.1
Warranty14.0
 12.3
State and local tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits2.5
 2.5
Federal net operating loss carryforward1.2
 1.4
Foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits8.4
 9.1
Accrued step rent and tenant reimbursements0.7
 4.2
Interest rate swap6.1
 0.3
Lease liability52.5
 
Other6.9
 4.7
Subtotal131.6
 70.2
Valuation allowance(10.6) (10.4)
Total$121.0
 $59.8
    
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Book basis in property in excess of tax basis$32.0
 $26.6
Intangible assets43.6
 34.6
Right of use lease assets44.7
 
Other3.4
 2.4
Total$123.7
 $63.6
(In millions) 2019 2018
Deferred tax assets:    
Compensation-related accruals $13.1
 $15.3
Accrued pension and post-retirement benefit obligations 7.2
 6.6
Deferred revenue 6.1
 5.6
Inventory related 1.2
 1.0
Reserves for uncollectible accounts and notes receivable 0.7
 0.6
Other reserves and accruals 8.1
 5.2
Warranty 12.3
 11.9
State and local tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits 2.5
 2.3
Federal net operating loss carryforward 1.4
 1.7
Foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits 9.1
 10.0
Accrued step rent and tenant reimbursements 4.2
 3.8
Other 4.0
 3.9
Subtotal 69.9
 67.9
Valuation allowance (10.4) (10.3)
Total $59.5
 $57.6
     
Deferred tax liabilities:    
Book basis in property in excess of tax basis $(26.6) $(25.5)
Intangible assets (34.6) (32.3)
Other (2.1) (6.9)
Total $(63.3) $(64.7)

The future tax benefits of net operating loss (NOL) carry-forwards and foreign tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. The Company bases this determination on the expectation that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies will enable the Company to utilize the NOL carry-forwards and/or foreign tax credits. To the extent that available evidence about the future raises doubt about the realization of these tax benefits, a valuation allowance is established.

At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had state and local tax NOL carry-forwards of $25.7$22.0 million, the state tax benefit of which is $1.4$1.2 million, which have various expiration periods from 1 to 21 years. The Company also had state credits with a state tax benefit of $1.1$1.3 million, which expire in 12 to 6 years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards and state tax credits have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $1.3$1.6 million.




At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had federal NOL carry-forwards of $6.6$5.9 million, the tax benefit of which is $1.4$1.2 million, which expire in 109 years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards have been recognized as deferred tax assets.


At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had federal deferred assets of $2.2$2.3 million, the tax benefit of which is $0.5 million, which is related to investments in various foreign joint ventures. For financial statement purposes, the assets have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $0.5 million.


At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of $41.2$37.7 million, the tax benefit of which is $9.1$8.4 million, which have expiration periods from 98 years to an unlimited term. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $7.6$7.7 million.


At June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had foreign deferred assets of $5.5$4.2 million, the tax benefit of which is $1.0$0.8 million, which is related to various deferred taxes in Hong Kong and Brazil as well as buildings in the United Kingdom. For financial statement purposes, the assets have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $1.0$0.8 million.



752020 Annual Report



The Company intends to repatriate $29.1 million in cash held in certain foreign jurisdictions and as such has recorded transitiona deferred tax liability related to foreign withholding taxes on these future dividends received in the U.S. from foreign subsidiaries of $1.8 million. A significant portion of this cash was previously taxed under the U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act (TCJA) one-time U.S. tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings as required byearnings. The Company intends to remain indefinitely reinvested in the Act. No other provision was made for income taxes that may result from future remittances of theremaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are determined to be indefinitely reinvested,outside the U.S, which was $223.8$221.5 million on June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. Determination of the total amount of unrecognized deferred income tax on the remaining undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is not practicable.


The components of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
(In millions) 
Balance at June 2, 2018$3.2
Increases related to current year income tax positions0.4
Increases related to prior year income tax positions0.1
Decreases related to prior year income tax positions(0.4)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(0.3)
Decreases related to settlements(1.1)
Balance at June 1, 2019$1.9
Increases related to current year income tax positions0.3
Decreases related to prior year income tax positions(0.1)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations(0.2)
Balance at May 30, 2020$1.9

(In millions)  
Balance at June 3, 2017 $2.8
Increases related to current year income tax positions 0.3
Increases related to prior year income tax positions 0.4
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations (0.3)
Balance at June 2, 2018 $3.2
Increases related to current year income tax positions 0.4
Increases related to prior year income tax positions 0.1
Decreases related to prior year income tax positions (0.4)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations (0.3)
Decreases related to settlements (1.1)
Balance at June 1, 2019 $1.9


The Company's effective tax rate would have been affected by the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits had this amount been recognized as a reduction to income tax expense.


The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits through Income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Interest and penalties and the related liability, which are excluded from the table above, were as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Interest and penalty expense (income)$0.1
 $(0.3) $0.1
Liability for interest and penalties$0.8
 $0.7
  

(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Interest and penalty expense (income)$(0.3) $0.1
 $0.2
Liability for interest and penalties$0.7
 $1.0
  


The Company is subject to periodic audits by domestic and foreign tax authorities. Currently, the Company is undergoing routine periodic audits in both domestic and foreign tax jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits could change in the next 12 months as a result of new positions that may be taken on income tax returns, settlement of tax positions and the closing of statutes of limitation. It is not expected that any of the changes will be material to the Company's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.


During the year, the Company has partially closed the audit of fiscal 20182019 with the Internal Revenue Service under the Compliance Assurance Process (CAP). The audit of fiscal 2018 also remains partially closed. For the majority of the remaining tax jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before 2016.2017.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries76





12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, marketable securities, interest rate swaps, accounts and notes receivable, deferred compensation plan, accounts payable, debt, interest rate swaps, foreign currency exchange contracts, redeemable noncontrolling interests, indefinite-lived intangible assets and foreign currency exchange contracts.right of use assets. The Company's financial instruments, other than long-term debt, are recorded at fair value. The fair value of fixed rate debt was based on third-party quotes (Level 2). The carrying value and fair value of the Company's long-term debt, including current maturities, is as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions) May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Carrying value $591.3
 $285.0
Fair value $594.0
 $287.8

(In millions) June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Carrying value $285.0
 $285.8
Fair value $287.8
 $288.6


The following describes the methods the Company uses to estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities recorded in net earnings, which have not significantly changed in the current period:


Cash and cash equivalents — The Company invests excess cash in short term investments in the form of commercial paper and money market funds. Commercial paper is valued at amortized costs while money market funds are valued using net asset value.value ("NAV").


Equity securitiesMutual Funds-equity — The Company's equity securities primarily include equity mutual funds. The equity mutual fund investments are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.


Available-for-sale securitiesDeferred compensation plan — The Company's available-for-sale marketable securitiesdeferred compensation plan primarily include fixed incomeincludes various domestic and international mutual funds and government obligations. These investmentsthat are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.


Foreign currency exchange contracts — The Company's foreign currency exchange contracts are valued using an approach based on foreign currency exchange rates obtained from active markets. The estimated fair value of forward currency exchange contracts is based on month-end spot rates as adjusted by market-based current market-based activity. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments.


Interest rate swap agreements — The Company's interest rate swap agreements value is determined using a market approach based on rates obtained from active markets. The interest rate swap agreements are designated as a cash flow hedging instrument.

Deferred compensation plan assets — The Company's deferred compensation plan primarily includes various domestic and international mutual funds that are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.

Other — The Company's contingent consideration liabilities and redeemable noncontrolling interests are deemed to be level 3 fair value measurements. Refer to Note 16 for further information regarding redeemable noncontrolling interests.

The following table sets forth financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through net income and the respective pricing levels to which the fair value measurements are classified within the fair value hierarchy as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 20192019:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Financial AssetsNAV Quoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) NAV Quoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Cash equivalents:      

Money market funds$283.7
 $
 $69.5
 $
Mutual funds - equity
 0.7
 
 0.9
Foreign currency forward contracts
 1.1
 
 
Deferred compensation plan
 13.2
 
 12.5
Total$283.7
 $15.0
 $69.5
 $13.4
        
Financial Liabilities       
Foreign currency forward contracts$
 $0.8
 $
 $1.4
Total$
 $0.8
 $
 $1.4


The following describes the methods the Company uses to estimate the fair value of financial assets and June 2, 2018:liabilities recorded in other comprehensive income, which have not significantly changed in the current period:

Mutual funds-fixed income — The Company's fixed-income securities primarily include fixed income mutual funds and government obligations. These investments are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.


772020 Annual Report


 Fair Value Measurements
 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
(In millions)
Financial Assets
NAVQuoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3) NAVQuoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3)
Cash equivalents:  
  

Money market funds$69.5
$
$
 $121.0
$
$
Mutual funds - equity
0.9

 
0.9

Foreign currency forward contracts


 
0.4

Deferred compensation plan
12.5

 
15.1

Total$69.5
$13.4
$
 $121.0
$16.4
$
        
Financial Liabilities       
Foreign currency forward contracts$
$1.4
$
 $
$0.3
$
Contingent consideration

0.2
 

0.5
Total$
$1.4
$0.2
 $
$0.3
$0.5


Interest rate swap agreements — The value of the Company's interest rate swap agreements is determined using a market approach based on rates obtained from active markets. The interest rate swap agreements are designated as cash flow hedging instruments.



The following table sets forth financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and the respective pricing levels to which the fair value measurements are classified within the fair value hierarchy as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018.2019.
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Financial AssetsQuoted Prices with Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Quoted Prices with Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Mutual funds - fixed income$6.3
 $7.9
Interest rate swap agreement
 1.0
Total$6.3
 $8.9
    
Financial Liabilities   
Interest rate swap agreement$25.0
 $2.2
Total$25.0
 $2.2

(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018


Financial Assets
Quoted Prices with
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Management Estimate (Level 3) Quoted Prices with
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Management Estimate (Level 3)
Mutual funds - fixed income$7.9
 $
 $7.7
 $
Interest rate swap agreement1.0
 
 15.0
 
Total$8.9
 $
 $22.7
 $
        
Financial Liabilities       
Interest rate swap agreement$2.2
 
 
 $
Total$2.2
 $
 $
 $

The table below presents a reconciliation for liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):
(In millions)   
Contingent ConsiderationJune 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Beginning balance$0.5
 $0.5
Net realized (gains) losses(0.2) 0.1
Settlements(0.1) (0.1)
Ending balance$0.2
 $0.5

The contingent consideration liabilities represent future payment obligations that relate to business and product line acquisitions. These payments are based on the future performance of the acquired businesses. The contingent consideration liabilities are valued using estimates based on discount rates that reflect the risk involved and the projected sales and earnings of the acquired businesses. The estimates are updated and the liabilities are adjusted to fair value on a quarterly basis.


The following is a summary of the carrying and market values of the Company's fixed income mutual funds and equity mutual funds as of the dates indicated:
 May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
(In millions)Cost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value Cost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value
Mutual funds - fixed income$6.2
 $0.1
 $6.3
 $7.9
 $
 $7.9
Mutual funds - equity0.6
 0.1
 0.7
 0.8
 0.1
 0.9
Total$6.8
 $0.2
 $7.0
 $8.7
 $0.1
 $8.8

 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
(In millions)Cost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value Cost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value
Mutual funds - fixed income$7.9
 $
 $7.9
 $7.8
 $(0.1) $7.7
Mutual funds - equity0.8
 0.1
 0.9
 0.7
 0.2
 0.9
Total$8.7
 $0.1
 $8.8
 $8.5
 $0.1
 $8.6


The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method; realized gains and losses resulting from such sales are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income within "Other expense (income), net".


The Company reviews its investment portfolio for any unrealized losses that would be deemed other-than-temporary and requires the recognition of an impairment loss in earnings. If the cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, the Company evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which the fair value is less than its cost, the Company's intent to hold the investment, and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the cost basis. The Company also considers the type of security, related industry and sector performance, and published investment ratings. Once a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis in the investment is established. If conditions within individual markets, industry segments, or macro-economic environments deteriorate, the Company could incur future impairments.


The Company views its equity and fixed income mutual funds as available for use in its current operations. Accordingly, the investments are recorded within Current Assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On June 3, 2018, as a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments, the Company reclassified net gains on mutual fund equity securities, that were formerly classified as available for sale securities before the adoption of the new standard, from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings. The impact of adoption was $0.1 million which is not material to the Company's financial statements.




Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
The Company transacts business in various foreign currencies and has established a program that primarily utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to offset the risks associated with the effects of certain foreign currency exposures. Under this program, the Company's strategy is to have increases or decreases in our foreign currency exposures offset by gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the risks and volatility associated with foreign currency transaction gains or losses. These foreign currency exposures typically arise from net liability or asset exposures in non-functional currencies on the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries. These foreign currency forward contracts generally settle within 30 days and are not used for trading purposes. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments. Accordingly, we record the fair value of these contracts as of the end of the

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries78



reporting period in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The balance sheet classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to "Other current assets" for unrealized gains and to "Other accrued liabilities" for unrealized losses. The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to Other expenses"Other expense (income): Other, net,, net", for both realized and unrealized gains and losses.


The notional amounts of the forward contracts held to purchase and sell U.S. dollars in exchange for other major international currencies were $38.1$52.6 million and $37.3$38.1 million as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively. The notional amounts of the foreign currency forward contracts held to purchase and sell British pound sterling in exchange for other major international currencies were £19.2£27.5 million and £19.9£19.2 million as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively. The Company also has other forward contracts related to other currency pairs at varying notional amounts.


Interest Rate Swaps
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and its overall cost of borrowing. The Company's interest rate swap agreements were entered into to exchange variable rate interest payments for fixed rate payments over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss.received. The differential paid or received on the interest rate swap agreements is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.


The interest rate swaps were designated cash flow hedges at inception and the facts and circumstances of the hedged relationship remains consistent with the initial quantitative effectiveness assessment in that the hedged instruments remain an effective accounting hedge as of June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. Since a designated derivative meets hedge accounting criteria, the fair value of the hedge is recorded in the Consolidated StatementStatements of Stockholders’ Equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is immediately recognized in earnings. The interest rate swap agreements are assessed for hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis.


In September 2016, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted indebtedness anticipated to be borrowed on the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.


In June 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 2.387 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.


The fair value of the Company’s two outstanding interest rate swap agreements was a net liability of $1.2$25.0 million (comprised of a $1.0 million asset position and a $2.2 million liability position) and an asset of $15.0$1.2 million as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively. The liability and asset fair value were recorded within "Other Liabilitiesliabilities" and "Other Assetsnoncurrent assets" within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Recorded within Other comprehensive loss, net of tax, for the effective portion of the Company's designated cash flow hedges was a net unrealized loss of $12.8$17.2 million and a net unrealized gain of $7.5$12.8 million for the fiscal years ended May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively.


For fiscal 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, there were no0 gains or losses recognized against earnings for hedge ineffectiveness.





792020 Annual Report



Effects of Derivatives on the Financial Statements
The effects of derivatives on the consolidated financial statements were as follows for the fiscal years ended 20192020 and 20182019 (amounts presented exclude any income tax effects):
(In millions)Balance Sheet Location June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018Balance Sheet Location May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Designated derivatives:        
Interest rate swapLong-term assets: Other assets $1.0
 $15.0
Long-term assets: Other noncurrent assets $
 $1.0
Interest rate swapLong-term liabilities: Other liabilities $2.2
 $
Long-term liabilities: Other liabilities $25.0
 $2.2
Non-designated derivatives:        
Foreign currency forward contractsCurrent assets: Other $
 $0.4
Current assets: Other current assets $1.1
 $
Foreign currency forward contractsCurrent liabilities: Other accrued liabilities $1.4
 $0.3
Current liabilities: Other accrued liabilities $0.8
 $1.4
   Fiscal Year
(In millions)Statement of Comprehensive Income Location May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
(Loss) gain recognized on foreign currency forward contractsOther expense (income), net $(1.1) $0.3
 $0.4

   Fiscal Year
(In millions)Statement of Comprehensive Income Location June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Gain (loss) recognized on foreign currency forward contractsOther expenses (income): Other, net $0.3
 $0.4
 $(1.2)


The gain/(loss) recorded, net of income taxes, in Other comprehensive loss for the effective portion of designated derivatives was as follows for the periods presented below:
 Fiscal Year
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Interest rate swap$(17.2) $(12.8) $7.5

 Fiscal Year
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Interest rate swap$(12.8) $7.5
 $2.1


LossesReclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings within "Interest expense" for the fiscal years ended 2020, 2019, and 2018 were gains of $0.8 million and losses of $0.5 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. Pre-tax gains expected to be reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings were $0.5 million and $0.3 million forduring the fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were no reclassifications required in fiscal 2017.next twelve months are $4.3 million. The amount of gain, net of tax, amount expected to be reclassified out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings during the next twelve months is a $0.3 million gain.$3.2 million.


Investments in Equity Securities Without a Readily Determinable Fair Value
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company recorded a gain from a $2.1 million fair value adjustment in an investment in a technology partner, which increased the total carrying value of the investment to $3.6 million as of June 1, 2019.2020. The gain was the result of an observable price change for a similar investment in the same entity. There were no similar gains in fiscal 2020.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets in mezzanine equity in “Redeemable noncontrolling interests.” These financial instruments represent a level 3 fair value measurement.

As of June 1, 2019, the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company's subsidiary, Herman Miller Consumer Holdings, Inc. ("HMCH") were $20.6 million, and represented an approximate 5% minority ownership. During August 2019, the Company acquired all of the remaining redeemable noncontrolling equity interests. HMCH redeemed certain HMCH stock for cash and then, in August 2019, HMCH merged with and into the Company, with the remaining minority HMCH shareholders receiving a cash payment. Total cash paid of $20.4 million for the redemptions and for merger consideration was at fair market value based on an independent appraisal. This compares to purchases of $10.1 million during the twelve month period ended June 1, 2019.


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries80



Changes in the Company's redeemable noncontrolling interest in HMCH for the years ended May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019 are as follows:
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019
Beginning Balance$20.6
 $30.5
Purchase of HMCH redeemable noncontrolling interests(20.4) (10.1)
Redemption value adjustment(0.2) 
Exercised options
 0.2
Ending Balance$
 $20.6


On December 2, 2019, the Company purchased an additional 34% equity voting interest in HAY. Upon increasing its ownership to 67%, the Company obtained a controlling financial interest and consolidated the financial results of HAY. Additionally, the Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require it to purchase the remaining 33% of the equity in HAY, at fair market value. This remaining redeemable noncontrolling interest in HAY is classified outside permanent equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is carried at the current estimated redemption amount. The Company recognizes changes to the redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests as they occur and adjusts the carrying value to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The redemption amounts have been estimated based on the fair value of the subsidiary, determined using discounted cash flow methods. This represents a level 3 fair value measurement.

Changes in the Company's redeemable noncontrolling interest in HAY for the year ended May 30, 2020 are as follows:
(In millions)May 30, 2020
Beginning Balance$
Increase due to HAY acquisition72.4
Redemption value adjustment(17.6)
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(5.1)
Foreign currency translation adjustments$0.7
Ending Balance$50.4


Other
The following table summarizes the valuation of our assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of May 30, 2020:
(In millions)May 30, 2020
Assets:Level 3
Indefinite-lived intangible assets$92.8
DWR right of use assets110.9


Not included in the above is goodwill related to the Retail and Maharam reporting units, as these were fully written down with a resulting impairment charge of $125.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

The relief-from-royalty method for the quantitative impairment assessment for indefinite-lived intangible assets utilized discount rates ranging from 12.75% to 17.25% and royalty rates ranging from 1.00% to 3.00%. Based on the quantitative impairment assessment performed, the carrying value these assets exceeded their fair value, resulting in an impairment charge of $53.3 million in fiscal 2020.

See Note 1 and Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


812020 Annual Report





13. Warranties, GuaranteesCommitments and Contingencies
Product Warranties
The Company provides coverage to the end-user for parts and labor on products sold under its warranty policy and for other product-related matters. The standard length of warranty is 12 years. However,years; however, this varies depending on the product classification. The Company does not sell or otherwise issue warranties or warranty extensions as stand-alone products. Reserves have been established for various costs associated with the Company's warranty program. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and other currently available information and are periodically adjusted for business levels and other factors. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified with the amounts for such reserves based on the estimated cost of correction. The Company provides an assurance-type warranty that ensures that products will function as intended. As such, the Company's estimated warranty obligation is accounted for as a liability. Changes in the warranty reserve for the stated periods were as follows:
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Accrual Balance — beginning$53.1
 $51.5
 $47.7
Accrual for warranty matters23.7
 20.7
 22.1
Settlements and adjustments(17.6) (19.1) (18.3)
Accrual Balance — ending$59.2
 $53.1
 $51.5

(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Accrual balance, beginning$51.5
 $47.7
 $43.9
Accrual for warranty matters20.7
 22.1
 22.8
Settlements(19.1) (18.3) (19.0)
Accrual balance, ending$53.1
 $51.5
 $47.7


Other Guarantees
The Company is periodically required to provide performance bonds in order to conductdo business with certain customers. These arrangements are common in the industry and generally have terms ranging between one year and three years. The bonds are required to provide assurancesassurance to customers that the products and services they have purchased will be installed and/or provided properly and without damage to their facilities. The performance bonds are provided by various bonding agencies andagencies. However, the Company is ultimately liable for claims that may occur against them. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had a maximum financial exposure related to performance bonds of approximately $5.7$4.4 million. The Company has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to performpay, under any of these arrangements andarrangements. The Company also believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantlymaterially affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly,no 0liability has been recorded in respect to these bonds as of either May 30, 2020 or June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018.2019.


The Company periodically enters into agreements in the normal course of business that may include indemnification clauses regarding service losses. Service losses represent all direct or consequential loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the customer or others resulting from services rendered by the Company, the dealer, or certain sub-contractors, due to a proven negligent act. The Company has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantly affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018.

The Company has entered into standby letter of credit arrangements for the purposepurposes of protecting various insurance companies and lessors against default on insurance premium and lease payments. As of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, the Company had a $10 millionmaximum financial exposure from these standby letters of credit totaling approximately $9.4 million, all of which is considered usage against the Company's revolving line of credit. The Company has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under any of these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantlymaterially affect the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, no0 liability has been recorded as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018.2019.


Contingencies
The Company is also involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affecthave a material adverse effect, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Company to purchase an additional 33% of the equity in HAY at fair market value. These options may be exercised during a period commencing from the third quarter of fiscal 2020.


As of the end of fiscal 2019,2020, outstanding commitments for future purchase obligations approximated $73.5$79.8 million.



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries82





14. Operating Segments

The Company's segments consist of North America Contract, International Contract and Retail.

In fiscal 2018, the Company's reportable segments consisted of North American Furniture Solutions, ELA ("EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific") Furniture Solutions, Specialty and Consumer. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company has revised its reportable segments to combine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The newly combined segment is called "North America Contract". There were no changes to the Company's ELA Furniture Solutions ("ELA") and Consumer segments, but each has been renamed. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, ELA is now named "International Contract" and Consumer is named "Retail". The Specialty segment (Maharam, Geiger, Nemschoff and the Herman Miller Collection) has been combined with the North America Contract segment under a common segment manager as of the fourth quarter fiscal 2019. The change in operating segments reflect the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. Prior year results disclosed in the table below have been revised to reflect these changes.


The North America Contract segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education, and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the Company's owned contract furniture dealers is also included in the North America Contract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff, naughtone and Herman Miller Collection products.

The International Contract segment includes EMEA, Latin America, and Asia-Pacific. International Contract includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings in these aforementioned geographic regions. EMEA, Latin America and Asia-Pacific.

The Retail segment includes operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors,retailers, as well as direct to consumer sales through eCommerce,e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and Design Within ReachDWR and HAY studios.


The Company also reports a “Corporate” category consisting primarily of unallocated expenses related to general corporate functions, including, but not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and acquisition-related costs. Management regularly reviews corporate costs and believes disclosing such information provides more visibility and transparency regarding how the chief operating decision maker reviews results of the Company. The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as those of the Company.





832020 Annual Report



The performance of the operating segments is evaluated by the Company's management using various financial measures. The following is a summary of certain key financial measures for the respective fiscal years indicated:

 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Net Sales:     
North America Contract$1,598.2
 $1,686.5
 $1,589.8
International Contract502.8
 492.2
 434.5
Retail385.6
 388.5
 356.9
Total$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
Depreciation and Amortization:     
North America Contract$46.7
 $46.8
 $43.9
International Contract17.4
 10.5
 10.2
Retail14.7
 14.1
 12.1
Corporate0.7
 0.7
 0.7
Total$79.5
 $72.1
 $66.9
Operating Earnings (Loss):     
North America Contract$130.9
 $189.7
 $175.2
International Contract18.2
 57.8
 36.9
Retail(148.3) 5.3
 13.9
Corporate(39.2) (49.3) (47.1)
Total$(38.4) $203.5
 $178.9
Capital Expenditures:     
North America Contract$53.7
 $52.7
 $46.0
International Contract10.4
 16.6
 11.4
Retail4.9
 16.5
 13.2
Corporate
 
 
Total$69.0
 $85.8
 $70.6
Total Assets:     
North America Contract$769.5
 $733.6
 $677.4
International Contract512.5
 356.8
 283.4
Retail310.9
 310.0
 291.2
Corporate461.0
 168.9
 227.5
Total$2,053.9
 $1,569.3
 $1,479.5
Goodwill:     
North America Contract$182.3
 $185.3
 $185.3
International Contract163.7
 39.7
 40.0
Retail
 78.8
 78.8
Corporate
 
 
Total$346.0
 $303.8
 $304.1

(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Net Sales:     
North America Contract$1,686.5
 $1,589.8
 $1,574.6
International Contract492.2
 434.5
 385.5
Retail388.5
 356.9
 318.1
Corporate
 
 
Total$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
      
Depreciation and Amortization:     
North America Contract$46.8
 $43.9
 $37.7
International Contract10.5
 10.2
 9.4
Retail14.1
 12.1
 10.2
Corporate0.7
 0.7
 1.6
Total$72.1
 $66.9
 $58.9
      
Operating Earnings (Losses):     
North America Contract$189.7
 $175.2
 $184.1
International Contract57.8
 36.9
 36.2
Retail5.3
 13.9
 4.8
Corporate(49.3) (47.1) (34.0)
Total$203.5
 $178.9
 $191.1
      
Capital Expenditures:     
North America Contract$52.7
 $46.0
 $56.8
International Contract16.6
 11.4
 8.5
Retail16.5
 13.2
 22.0
Corporate
 
 
Total$85.8
 $70.6
 $87.3
      
Total Assets:     
North America Contract$733.6
 $677.4
 $691.5
International Contract356.8
 283.4
 230.3
Retail310.0
 291.2
 276.4
Corporate168.9
 227.5
 108.1
Total$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
 $1,306.3
      
Goodwill:     
North America Contract$185.3
 $185.3
 $185.6
International Contract39.7
 40.0
 40.1
Retail78.8
 78.8
 78.8
Corporate
 
 
Total$303.8
 $304.1
 $304.5


The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as those of the Company. Additionally, the Company employs a methodology for allocating corporate costs and assets with the underlying objective of this methodology being to allocate corporate costs according to the relative usage of the underlying resources and to allocate corporate assets according to the relative expected benefit. The majority of the allocations for corporate expenses are based on relative net sales. However, certain corporate costs, generally considered the result of isolated business decisions, are not subject to allocation and are evaluated separately from the rest of the regular ongoing business operations.





Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries84



The Company's product offerings consist primarily of office furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage and casegoods. These product offerings are marketed, distributed and managed primarily as a group of similar products on an overall portfolio basis. The following is a summary of net sales estimated by product category for the respective fiscal years indicated:
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Net Sales:     
Systems$589.3
 $668.0
 $601.5
Seating1,041.6
 1,013.5
 965.9
Freestanding and storage496.9
 505.4
 465.1
Textiles138.8
 113.8
 94.3
Other (1)
220.0
 266.5
 254.4
Total$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
(1) “Other” primarily consists of uncategorized product sales and service sales.     

(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Net Sales:     
Systems$668.0
 $601.5
 $639.0
Seating1,013.5
 965.9
 894.8
Freestanding and storage505.4
 465.1
 428.8
Textiles113.8
 94.3
 96.9
Other (1)
266.5
 254.4
 218.7
Total$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2

(1) “Other” primarily consists of uncategorized product sales and service sales.
Sales by geographic area are based on the location of the customer. Long-lived assets consist of long-term assets of the Company, excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets and long-term intangibles. The following is a summary of geographic information for the respective fiscal years indicated. Individual foreign country information is not provided as none of the individual foreign countries in which the Company operates are considered material for separate disclosure based on quantitative and qualitative considerations.
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Net Sales:     
United States$1,795.8
 $1,865.8
 $1,737.9
International690.8
 701.4
 643.3
Total$2,486.6
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
      
Long-lived assets:     
United States$306.7
 $422.1
 $349.3
International59.6
 52.2
 50.5
Total$366.3
 $474.3
 $399.8

(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Net Sales:     
United States$1,865.8
 $1,737.9
 $1,690.1
   International701.4
 643.3
 588.1
Total$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
      
Long-lived assets:     
United States$422.1
 $349.3
 $328.6
   International52.2
 50.5
 45.3
Total$474.3
 $399.8
 $373.9


The Company estimates that no single dealer accounted for more than 54 percent of the Company's net sales in the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020. The Company estimates that its largest single end-user customer accounted for $122.9 million, $129.6 million $109.8 million and $102.3$109.8 million of the Company's net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively. This represents approximately 5 percent, 5 percent and 5 percent of the Company's net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively.


Approximately 53 percent of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff and Herman Miller Holdings Limited subsidiaries.



852020 Annual Report





15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table provides an analysis of the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended June 1, 2019, June 2, 2018 and June 3, 2017:indicated:
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Cumulative translation adjustments at beginning of period$(48.3) $(34.1) $(36.8)
Other comprehensive (loss) income(7.7) (14.2) 2.7
Balance at end of period(56.0) (48.3) (34.1)
      
Pension and other post-retirement benefit plans at beginning of period(45.0) (37.2) (47.6)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $3.5, $2.0, and($2.9))(16.9) (10.0) 5.3
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net3.3
 2.6
 4.2
Tax (expense) benefit(0.6) (0.4) 0.9
Net reclassifications2.7
 2.2
 5.1
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(14.2) (7.8) 10.4
Balance at end of period(59.2) (45.0) (37.2)
      
Interest rate swap agreement at beginning of period(0.9) 9.9
 2.1
Cumulative effect of accounting change
 1.5
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $5.8, $5.3, and ($4.0))(17.2) (12.8) 7.5
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net(0.8) 0.5
 0.3
Net reclassifications(0.8) 0.5
 0.3
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(18.0) (12.3) 7.8
Balance at end of period(18.9) (0.9) 9.9
      
Unrealized holding gains on securities at beginning of period
 0.1
 0.1
Cumulative effect of accounting change
 (0.1) 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications0.1
 
 
Balance at end of period0.1
 
 0.1
      
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(134.0) $(94.2) $(61.3)

 Year Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Cumulative translation adjustments at beginning of period$(34.1) $(36.8) $(29.6)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications(14.2) 2.7
 (7.2)
Balance at end of period(48.3) (34.1) (36.8)
      
Pension and other post-retirement benefit plans at beginning of period(37.2) (47.6) (34.9)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $2.0, ($2.9), and $3.7)(10.0) 5.3
 (14.5)
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net2.6
 4.2
 2.2
Tax (expense) benefit(0.4) 0.9
 (0.4)
Net reclassifications2.2
 5.1
 1.8
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(7.8) 10.4
 (12.7)
Balance at end of period(45.0) (37.2) (47.6)
      
Interest rate swap agreement at beginning of period9.9
 2.1
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change1.5
 
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $5.3, ($4.0), and ($1.2))(12.8) 7.5
 2.1
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net0.5
 0.3
 
Net reclassifications0.5
 0.3
 
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(12.3) 7.8
 2.1
Balance at end of period(0.9) 9.9
 2.1
      
Unrealized Gains on Available-for-sale Securities at beginning of period0.1
 0.1
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change(0.1) 
 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
 0.1
Balance at end of period
 0.1
 0.1
      
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(94.2) $(61.3) $(82.2)



16. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in mezzanine equity within the caption Redeemable noncontrolling interests. The Company recognizes changes to the redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests as they occur and adjusts the carrying value to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. The redemption amounts have been estimated based on the fair value of the subsidiary, determined based on a weighting of the discounted cash flow and market methods. This represents a level 3 fair value measurement.

Changes in the Company’s Redeemable noncontrolling interests for the years ended June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018 are as follows:
 Year Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Balance at beginning of period$30.5
 $24.6
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interests(10.1) (1.0)
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests
 0.6
Exercised options0.2
 0.1
Redemption value adjustment
 6.2
Other adjustments
 
Balance at end of period$20.6
 $30.5

The Company is the controlling owner of a subsidiary in which there are redeemable noncontrolling equity interests outstanding. Certain minority shareholders in this subsidiary have the right, at certain times, to require the subsidiary to acquire a portion of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. During fiscal 2019, these minority shareholders exercised certain of these options to require the Company's subsidiary to purchase $10.1 million of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interests. By comparison, options exercised by the minority shareholders in fiscal 2018 resulted in purchases totaling $1.0 million. The subsidiary also has an option to acquire a portion of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at fair market value. On July 23, 2019, the subsidiary exercised an option that allowed it to acquire approximately $12.6 million of the remaining $20.6 million of the redeemable noncontrolling equity interests.


17.16. Restructuring and Impairment Activities
North America Contract segment

2019 Restructuring Expense

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company announced restructuring activities associated with our profit improvement initiatives, including costs associated with an early retirement program. The Company also engaged in the consolidation of facilities related to its Nemschoff business. These actions resulted in pre-tax restructuring expenses totaling $7.7 million relating to employee severance related actions of $6.7 million and lease termination and disposal activities of $1.0 million in the fourth quarter. Future estimated restructuring expenses relate to the early retirement program and are estimated at a cost of $1.8 million. The project is expected to generate cost savings of approximately $10 million and is expected to conclude in the second quarter of fiscal 2020.
The table below shows provides an analysis of the North America Contract Segment restructuring cost reserve for the year ended June 1, 2019:
 June 1, 2019
(In millions)Severance and Employee-RelatedExit or Disposal ActivitiesTotal
Beginning Balance$
$
$
Restructuring Costs6.7
1.0
$7.7
Ending Balance$6.7
$1.0
$7.7



2018 Restructuring Expense

During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced restructuring actions involving targeted workforce reductions primarily within the North America Contract segment. These actions related to the Company's cost savings initiatives and resulted in the recognition of restructuring expenses of $1.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The restructuring actions were completed, and final payments made in fiscal 2018.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced further restructuring actions involving targeted workforce reductions primarily within the North America Contract segment. These actions related to the Company's previously announced cost savings initiatives and resulted in the recognition of restructuring expenses of $0.4 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. The restructuring actions were completed, and final payments made in fiscal 2018.

International Contract segment

Expenses
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced a facilities consolidation plan related to its International Contract segment. This impacted certain office and manufacturing facilities in the United Kingdom and China. ItThe plan is currently contemplated that this plan willexpected to generate cost savings of approximately $3 million in annual cost reductions as part of the Company's three-year cost savings initiatives.

During fiscal 2018 the Company recognized restructuring expenses of $3.9 million of which $2.4 million related to workforce reductions and $1.5 million related to the exit and disposal activities as a result of consolidating the United Kingdom office and China manufacturing facilities.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company recognized restructuring expenses of $0.8 million related to the consolidation of the facilities mentioned above. In fiscal 2019,million. To date, the Company recognized restructuring and impairment expenses of $2.5$7.8 million, with $1.4 million recognized in fiscal 2020 and the remainder in fiscal 2019 and 2018. These expenses related to the facilities consolidation plan, comprised primarily of $0.8 million related to an asset impairment recorded against thean office building in the United Kingdom that is beingwas vacated and $1.4 million from the consolidation of the Company's manufacturing facilities in China. AsNo material future restructuring costs related to the plan are expected as the plan is substantially complete.

The office buildings and related assets of United Kingdom office building and related assetsChina have a carrying value of approximately $7.8 million and meet the criteria to be designated as assets held for sale, the carrying value ofsale. Therefore these assets have been classified as current assets and included within "Other""Other current assets" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets forat May 30, 2020.

During the periodfourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company announced restructuring activities associated with profit improvement initiatives, including costs associated with an early retirement plan. The plan is expected to generate annual cost savings of approximately $10 million. To date, the Company has recognized $11.1 million of restructuring

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries86



expense related to the plan. During the year ended June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020, the Company recognized $1.7 million related to the plan. The carrying amountearly retirement plan is complete and no future costs related to this plan are expected.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2020, the assets held for sale wasNorth America Contract segment initiated restructuring discussions with labor unions related to its Nemschoff operation in Wisconsin. The discussions were concluded in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and as a result, the Company anticipates the total estimated costs related to the actions will be approximately $4.2$5 million. These restructuring costs relate to potential partial outsourcing and in-sourcing strategies, long-lived asset impairments and employee-related costs. In conjunction with these discussions, during the year ended May 30, 2020, the Company has recorded $3.2 million as of June 1, 2019.

The Company expects the International Contract facilities consolidationsin pre-tax restructuring expense related to this plan which is expected to be completed byin fiscal 2021.

In the firstsecond quarter of fiscal 2020. It2020, the Company initiated a reorganization of the Global Sales and Product teams. The reorganization activities occurred primarily in the North America business with additional costs incurred Internationally. In the year ended May 30, 2020, the Company has recorded a total of $2.6 million in pre-tax restructuring expense related to this plan. The reorganization is currently contemplated thatcomplete and no future costs related to this plan will incur an additional estimated $2are expected.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company announced a reorganization of the Retail segment's leadership team. The Company recognized pre-tax severance and employee related restructuring expense of $2.2 million ofrelated to the plan. No material future restructuring andcosts related special charges.to the plan are expected as the plan is substantially complete.


The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the International Contract segment restructuring costs reserve for the above plans for the fiscal yearyears ended June 2, 20181, 2019 and May 30, 2020:
(In millions)Severance and Employee-RelatedExit or Disposal ActivitiesTotal
June 2, 2018$
$
$
Restructuring Costs7.0
3.2
$10.2
Amounts Paid(0.2)(2.1)$(2.3)
June 1, 2019$6.8
$1.1
$7.9
Restructuring Costs9.9
1.2
$11.1
Amounts Paid(10.8)(1.5)$(12.3)
May 30, 2020$5.9
$0.8
$6.7


In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company announced a restructuring plan (“May 2020 restructuring plan") to substantially reduce expenses in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related restrictions. These activities included voluntary and involuntary reductions in its North American and international workforces. Combined, these actions resulted in the elimination of approximately 400 full-time positions throughout the Company in various businesses and functions. As the result of these actions, the Company projects an annualized expense reduction of approximately $40 million. The Company incurred severance and related charges of $15.3 million in fiscal 2020, consisting solely of cash expenditures for employee termination and severance costs to be paid in fiscal 2021.

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the restructuring cost reserve for the May 2020 restructuring plan for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019 :May 30, 2020:
(In millions)Severance and Employee-Related
Beginning Balance$
Restructuring Costs15.3
Ending Balance$15.3


872020 Annual Report


(In millions)Severance and Employee-RelatedImpairment of Property and EquipmentExit or Disposal ActivitiesTotal
June 3, 2017$
$
$
$
Restructuring Costs2.4

1.5
$3.9
Amounts Paid(2.4)
(1.5)$(3.9)
June 2, 2018$
$
$
$
Restructuring Costs0.3
0.8
1.4
$2.5
Amounts Paid(0.2)
(1.3)$(1.5)
Charges Against Assets
(0.8)
$(0.8)
June 1, 2019$0.1
$
$0.1
$0.2


The following is a summary of restructuring expenses by segment for the fiscal years indicated:
 Year Ended
(In millions)May 30, 2020 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
North America Contract$18.7
 $7.7
 $1.8
International Contract4.8
 2.5
 3.9
Retail2.9
 
 
Total$26.4
 $10.2
 $5.7


18.17. Variable Interest Entities
The Company has long-term notes receivable with certain of itsa third-party owned dealersdealer that are deemed to be variable interests in variable interest entities.entity. The carrying value of these long-term notes receivable was $1.6$1.5 million and $2.5$1.6 million as of May 30, 2020 and June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, respectively, and represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss. The Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary for any of thesethe variable interest entitiesentity as eachthe entity controls the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, including sales, marketing, and operations.




19.18. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Set forth below is a summary of the quarterly operating results on a consolidated basis for the years ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019,, and June 2, 2018,2018.
(In millions, except per share data)
First
Quarter (1)
 
Second
Quarter (1)
 
Third
Quarter (1)
 
Fourth
Quarter (1)
2020Net sales$670.9
 $674.2
 $665.7
 $475.7
 Gross margin246.1
 255.5
 243.3
 165.8
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.48.2
 78.6
 37.7
 (173.7)
 Earnings per share-basic0.82
 1.33
 0.64
 (2.95)
 Earnings per share-diluted0.81
 1.32
 0.64
 (2.95)
         
2019Net Sales$624.6
 $652.6
 $619.0
 $671.0
 Gross margin225.1
 235.6
 221.0
 248.2
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.35.8
 39.3
 39.2
 46.2
 Earnings per share-basic0.60
 0.66
 0.67
 0.78
 Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.66
 0.66
 0.78
         
2018Net sales$580.3
 $604.6
 $578.4
 $618.0
 Gross margin216.9
 222.1
 205.8
 228.3
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.33.1
 33.5
 29.8
 31.8
 Earnings per share-basic0.55
 0.56
 0.50
 0.53
 Earnings per share-diluted0.55
 0.55
 0.49
 0.53
(1) For some line items, the sum of the quarters does not equal the annual balance reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income due to rounding associated with the calculations on an individual quarter basis.



Herman Miller, Inc. and June 3, 2017.Subsidiaries88


(In millions, except per share data)
First
Quarter (1)
 
Second
Quarter (1)
 
Third
Quarter (1)
 
Fourth
Quarter (1)
2019Net sales$624.6
 $652.6
 $619.0
 $671.0
 Gross margin225.1
 235.6
 221.0
 248.2
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.35.8
 39.3
 39.2
 46.2
 Earnings per share-basic0.60
 0.66
 0.67
 0.78
 Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.66
 0.66
 0.78
         
2018Net Sales$580.3
 $604.6
 $578.4
 $618.0
 Gross margin216.9
 222.1
 205.8
 228.3
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.33.1
 33.5
 29.8
 31.8
 Earnings per share-basic0.55
 0.56
 0.50
 0.53
 Earnings per share-diluted0.55
 0.55
 0.49
 0.53
         
2017Net sales$598.6
 $577.5
 $524.9
 $577.2
 Gross margin230.0
 218.0
 195.5
 220.9
 Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.36.3
 31.7
 22.5
 33.4
 Earnings per share-basic0.61
 0.53
 0.38
 0.56
 Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.53
 0.37
 0.55
(1) For some line items, the sum of the quarters does not equal the annual balance reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income due to rounding associated with the calculations on an individual quarter basis.



Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). The internal control over financial reporting at Herman Miller, Inc., is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our stakeholders that the financial statements of the Company fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations.


Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.


Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, based on the original framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management believes the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 1, 2019.May 30, 2020.


Ernst & YoungManagement's assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of May 30, 2020 excludes naughtone’s and Hay’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $95 million and $228 million, respectively, and net sales of approximately $16 million and $76 million, respectively, included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended May 30, 2020. Both of these companies were acquired in fiscal 2020.

KPMG LLP has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.




/s/ Andrea R. Owen
Andrea R. Owen
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz
Jeffrey M. Stutz
Chief Financial Officer





892020 Annual Report





Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the ShareholdersStockholders and the Board of Directors
Herman Miller, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Herman Miller, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
and subsidiaries (the Company) as of May 30, 2020, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended May 30, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited Herman Miller, Inc. and subsidiaries’the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Commission.

In our opinion, Herman Miller, Inc.the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of May 30, 2020, and subsidiaries (the Company)the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended May 30, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standardsCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the PublicTreadway Commission.

The Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)acquired the remaining 47.5% interest in naughtone (Holdings) Limited and naughtone Manufacturing Ltd. (together, naughtone), and an additional 34% interest in HAY ApS (HAY) during the year ended May 30, 2020. Management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of May 30, 2020, naughtone’s and HAY’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $95 million and $228, respectively, and net sales of $16 million and $76 million, respectively, included in the consolidated balance sheetsfinancial statements of Herman Miller, Inc.the Company as of and subsidiariesfor the year ended May 30, 2020. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal controls over financial reporting of naughtone and HAY.

Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of June 1,2, 2019 and June 2, 2018, anddue to the related consolidated statementsadoption of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) of the Company and our report dated July 30, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).


Basis for OpinionOpinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOBPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.


Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries90



consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, andrisk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.



Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Valuation of acquired intangible assets - HAY acquisition
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company purchased an additional 34% equity voting interest of HAY on December 2, 2019, for net consideration of $79.0 million. The transaction increased the Company’s ownership to 67%, resulting in a controlling financial interest and was accounted for as a business combination. Accordingly, the purchase price, inclusive of the remeasurement of the previously held equity interest and non-controlling interest, was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including identified intangible assets of $118.9 million. To value the identified intangible assets, which included a tradename, product development and technology, and customer relationships, the Company used the income approach. The process required management to make significant judgments around the estimates and assumptions that would be used by a market participant, which included forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, royalty rates, and discount rates.

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of acquired intangible assets in the HAY acquisition as a critical audit matter because of the significant judgments made by management to estimate the fair values of the tradename, product development and technology, and customer relationship intangibles. Specifically, subjective and challenging auditor judgment was required to evaluate the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, royalty rates, and discount rates used to estimate the fair values of the intangibles. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation of the fair value of acquired intangible assets in the HAY acquisition required specialized skills and knowledge.


912020 Annual Report



The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We tested the design and evaluated the effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s acquisition-date valuation process, including controls over the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, royalty rates and discount rates used to estimate the fair value of the HAY tradename, product development and technology, and customer relationship intangibles. We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasted revenue growth rates and operating margins by comparing the forecasts to historical revenue growth rates and operating margins. We performed sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of reasonably possible changes to the key estimates and assumptions on the fair value of the acquired intangibles. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the Company’s discount rates by comparing the Company’s inputs to the discount rates to publicly available data for comparable entities and assessing the resulting discount rates,
evaluating the Company’s royalty rates by comparing the selected royalty rates to the forecasted operating margins of HAY and publicly available data for comparable licensing agreements and assessing the resulting royalty rates, and
testing the estimate of the fair values of the HAY tradename, product development and technology, and customer relationship intangibles using the Company’s cash flow estimates and discount rates, and comparing the results to the Company’s fair value estimates.

Goodwill impairment assessment
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $346.0 million as of May 30, 2020, of which $163.7 million, $0.0 million, and $0.0 million was related to the International, Maharam, and Retail reporting units, respectively. During the fourth quarter of the year ended May 30, 2020, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $36.7 million, and $88.8 million related to the Maharam and Retail reporting units, respectively. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has declined below its carrying value. To estimate the fair value of its reporting units, the Company utilized an income approach and a market approach that used observable comparable company information.

We identified the evaluation of goodwill for impairment for the International, Maharam, and Retail reporting units as a critical audit matter. Subjective and challenging auditor judgment was required to evaluate the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, and discount rates used in the income approach. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation of goodwill for impairment for the International, Maharam, and Retail reporting units required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment evaluation, including controls over the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, and discount rates to estimate the fair value of the International, Maharam, and Retail reporting units. We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasted revenue growth rates and operating margins by comparing the forecasts to historical revenue growth rates and operating margins, considering industry conditions and growth plans. We performed sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of reasonably possible changes to the forecasted revenue growth rates, operating margins, and discount rate assumptions on the reporting unit fair values. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the Company’s discount rates by comparing the Company’s inputs to the discount rates to publicly available data for comparable entities and assessing the resulting discount rates, and
testing the estimate of fair value for the International, Maharam, and Retail reporting units using the Company’s cash flow assumptions and discount rates and comparing the results to the Company’s fair value estimates.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries92



Tradename impairment assessment
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the indefinite-lived intangible asset balance as of May 30, 2020 was $31.5 million, $39.3 million and $16.5 million related to the DWR (Design Within Reach), HAY, and Maharam tradenames, respectively. During the fourth quarter of the year ended May 30, 2020, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $23.6 million, $20.7 million and $6.5 million related to the DWR, HAY, and Maharam tradenames, respectively. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset has declined below its carrying value. To estimate the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company utilizes the relief from royalty method.

We identified the evaluation of the DWR, HAY, and Maharam tradenames for impairment as a critical audit matter. Subjective and challenging auditor judgment was required to evaluate the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, discount rates, and royalty rates used to estimate the fair values of the DWR, HAY and Maharam tradenames. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation of the DWR, HAY, and Maharam tradenames for impairment required specialized skills and knowledge.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s impairment evaluation for tradenames, including controls over the selection of forecasted revenue growth rates, discount rates, and royalty rates used to estimate the fair value of the DWR, HAY, and Maharam tradenames. We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s forecasted revenue growth rates by comparing the forecasts to historical revenue growth rates, considering industry conditions and growth plans. We performed sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of reasonably possible changes to the forecasted revenue growth rates, discount rate, and royalty rate assumptions on the fair values of the tradenames. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

evaluating the Company’s discount rates by comparing the Company’s inputs to the discount rates to publicly available data for comparable entities and assessing the resulting discount rates;
evaluating the Company’s royalty rates by comparing the selected royalty rates to the forecasted operating margins of the sales associated with the tradenames and publicly available data for comparable licensing agreements and assessing the resulting royalty rates, and
testing the estimate of fair value of the DWR, HAY, and Maharam indefinite-lived tradenames using the Company’s estimated future revenue growth assumptions, royalty rates, and discount rates, and comparing the results to the Company’s fair value estimates.

Long-lived asset impairment assessment
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the DWR asset group, including right-of-use assets, was $122.7 million as of May 30, 2020. During the fourth quarter of the year ended May 30, 2020, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $26.6 million related to right-of-use assets, customer relationships, and other long-lived assets within the DWR asset group. The Company performs an impairment assessment when circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived assets may not be recoverable. If a triggering event is identified, the Company compares the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group. If the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to its estimated fair value. To estimate the fair value of the asset group, the Company utilized an income approach for customer relationships, a market approach for right-of-use assets and a cost approach for other long-lived assets.

We identified the evaluation of the fair value of the right-of-use assets within the DWR asset group as a critical audit matter because of the significant judgments made by management to estimate fair value. Specifically, subjective and challenging auditor judgment was required to assess 1) relevant market-based rental comparatives adjusted for industry data trends, and 2) consideration of the remaining lease term, which were used to estimate the fair values of the right-of-use assets. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation of the fair value of the right-of-use assets within the DWR asset group required specialized skills and knowledge.

932020 Annual Report



The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We tested the design and evaluated the effectiveness of certain internal controls over the Company’s long-lived asset impairment assessment process, including controls over the determination of market-based rental comparatives, industry data trends, and consideration of the remaining lease term used to estimate the fair value of the right-of-use assets. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the right-of-use assets by comparing the assumptions to 1) available market-based rental comparatives adjusted for industry data trends, and 2) considerations of the remaining lease term.


/s/ Ernst & YoungKPMG LLP


Grand Rapids, Michigan    We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Chicago, Illinois
July 30, 201928, 2020




Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries94



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Herman Miller, Inc.


Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet of Herman Miller, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)as of June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the threetwo years in the period ended June 1, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule for each of the two years in the period ended June 1, 2019 listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the threetwo years in the period ended June 1, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 1, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated July 30, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.




/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company'sCompany’s auditor sincefrom 2002 to 2019.


Grand Rapids, Michigan
July 30, 2019



952020 Annual Report





Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None




Item 9A Controls and Procedures

(a)Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of June 1, 2019May 30, 2020 and have concluded that as of that date, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
(b)Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Refer to Item 8 for “Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Ernst and YoungKPMG LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in its report included in Item 8.
(c)Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended June 1, 2019,May 30, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.




Item 9B Other Information

None



Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries96





PART III

Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons
Information relating to directors and director nominees of the Company is contained under the caption “Director and Executive Officer Information” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference. Information relating to Executive Officers of the Company is included in Part I hereof entitled “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”


Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.


Code of Ethics
The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct that serves as the code of ethics for the executive officers and senior financial officers and as the code of business conduct for all Company directors and employees. This code is made available free of charge through the “Investors”“Legal” section of the Company's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com.www.hermanmiller.com. Any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this code also will be posted to the Company's internet website.


Corporate Governance
Information relating to the identification of the audit committee, audit committee financial experts, and director nomination procedures of the Company is contained under the captions “Board Committees” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Director Nominations” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.




Item 11 Executive Compensation

Information relating to executive compensation is contained under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination, Death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control,” “Director Compensation,” “Director Compensation Table,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference. The information under the caption “Compensation Committee Report” is incorporated by reference, however, such information is not deemed filed with the Commission.




Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The sections entitled “Voting Securities and Principal Stockholders,” “Director and Executive Officer Information,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.



972020 Annual Report





Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions contained under the captions “Related Party Transactions,” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Determination of Independence of Board Members” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.




Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information relating to the ratification of the selection of the Company's independent public accountants and concerning the payments to our principal accountants and the services provided by our principal accounting firm set forth under the captions "Ratification of the Audit Committee's selection of Independent Registered Accounting Firm" and “Disclosure of Fees Paid to Independent Auditors” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the Company's 20192020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries98





PART IV

Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

(a)The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 
     
 1.Financial Statements 
     
 The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages noted:
     
    
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Balance Sheets
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 ReportReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial ReportingFirms
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements
   
 2.Financial Statement Schedule 
     
 The following financial statement schedule is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages noted:
     
    
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended May 30, 2020, June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018 and and June 3, 20172018.
     
 All other schedules required by Form 10-K Annual Report have been omitted because they were not applicable, included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, or otherwise not required under instructions contained in Regulation S-X.
     
 3.Exhibits 
     
 Reference is madeRefer to the Exhibit Index which is included on pages 97-99.below. 
     







992020 Annual Report





Exhibit Index
(4)Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
(a)Other instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt individually represent debt of less than 10% of total assets. In accordance with item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission copies of such agreements upon request.
(b)
(10)Material Contracts
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries100



(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)

1012020 Annual Report



101.INSThe instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101).
(1) Denotes compensatory plan or arrangement.

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(In millions)
Column AColumn B Column C Column D Column E
DescriptionBalance at beginning of period Charges to expenses or net sales 
Deductions (3)
 Balance at end of period
Year ended May 31, 2020:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.9
 $2.3
 $(0.9) $4.3
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.6
 $
 $(0.5) $0.1
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.3
 $
 $
 $0.3
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.4
 $0.4
 $(0.2) $10.6
Year ended June 1, 2019:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.4
 $0.6
 $(0.1) $2.9
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.5
 $
 $0.1
 $0.6
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.4
 $(0.1) $
 $0.3
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.3
 $0.4
 $(0.3) $10.4
Year ended June 2, 2018:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.3
 $0.6
 $(0.5) $2.4
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo (2)
$0.4
 $0.1
 $
 $0.5
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.9
 $(0.5) $
 $0.4
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.0
 $0.5
 $(0.2) $10.3
(1) Activity under the “Charges to expense or net sales” column are recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses.
(2) Activity under the “Charges to expenses or net sales” column are recorded within Net sales.
(3) Represents amounts written off, net of recoveries and other adjustments. Includes effects of foreign translation.

Item 16 Form 10-K Summary

None




EXHIBIT INDEX


Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries102


(4)Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
(a)Specimen copy of Herman Miller, Inc., common stock is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of Registrant's 1981 Form 10-K Annual Report (Commission File No. 001-15141).
(b)Other instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt individually represent debt of less than 10% of total assets. In accordance with item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission copies of such agreements upon request.
(c)
(d)
(10)Material Contracts
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)


(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)


101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
(1) Denotes compensatory plan or arrangement.



SIGNATURES

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


HERMAN MILLER, INC.


 
   
 /s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz   
ByJeffrey M. Stutz

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory for Registrant)
   


Date:     July 30, 201928, 2020            
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on July 30, 201928, 2020 by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated.
 /s/ Michael A. Volkema /s/ Lisa Kro 
 
Michael A. Volkema
(Chairman of the Board)
 
Lisa Kro
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ David A. Brandon /s/ Mary Vermeer Andringa 
 David A. Brandon

(Director)
 
Mary Vermeer Andringa
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ Douglas D. French /s/ John R. Hoke III 
 Douglas D. French

(Director)
 
John R. Hoke III
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ Heidi Manheimer /s/ J. Barry GriswellAndrea R. Owen 
 Heidi Manheimer

(Director)
 
J. Barry Griswell
(Director)
Andrea R. Owen
(President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director)
 
     
 /s/ Mike Smith /s/ Andrea R. OwenJeffrey M. Stutz 
 
Mike Smith
(Director)
 
Andrea R. Owen
Jeffrey M. Stutz
(President, Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer and Director)
Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
   /s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz 
   
Jeffrey M. Stutz
(Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
     
     


SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)


1032020 Annual Report
Column AColumn B Column C Column D Column E
DescriptionBalance at beginning of period Charges to expenses or net sales 
Deductions (3)
 Balance at end of period
Year ended June 1, 2019:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.4
 $0.6
 $(0.1) $2.9
        
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.5
 $
 $0.1
 $0.6
        
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.4
 $(0.1) $
 $0.3
        
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.3
 $0.4
 $(0.3) $10.4
        
Year ended June 2, 2018:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.3
 $0.6
 $(0.5) $2.4
        
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.4
 $0.1
 $
 $0.5
        
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.9
 $(0.5) $
 $0.4
        
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.0
 $0.5
 $(0.2) $10.3
        
Year ended June 3, 2017:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$3.4
 $
 $(1.1) $2.3
        
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo (2)
$0.4
 $
 $
 $0.4
        
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.9
 $
 $
 $0.9
        
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.6
 $(0.6) $
 $10.0
(1) Activity under the “Charges to expense or net sales” column are recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.
(2) Activity under the “Charges to expenses or net sales” column are recorded within net sales.
(3) Represents amounts written off, net of recoveries and other adjustments. Includes effects of foreign translation.

Herman Miller, Inc. and Subsidiaries 101